Skip to main content

How to Connect a Subwoofer to a Sound Bar

Sure, a sound bar can fill your room with an amazing amount of pristine audio. But when you combine it with a subwoofer, its true potential is unleashed.

This sonic synergy happens because, while your sound bar can cover most of the spectrum of the audio being generated by your TV or video game console, it can only reproduce a certain amount of low bass. This is due in part to the size of the speakers in the sound bar, and in part to the size of its physical enclosure. A subwoofer, on the other hand, is a much bigger speaker capable of reproducing even the lowest lows — those rumbling sounds that we actually feel more than we hear — making it the perfect complement to a sound bar. With both, you get to hear the full range of sounds, as well as some added punch.

In this posting, we’ll explain how to make this essential connection, but first let’s take a closer look at the magic behind sound bars and subwoofers.

What’s Inside

Sound bars provide an immediate, convenient way to enjoy high-quality audio. Simply connect one to your television with a single HDMI cable, and you’re good to go.

Designed to be mounted on a wall or sit on a table beneath a TV, sound bars may appear unobtrusive, but they actually contain a number of small speakers (sometimes called drivers) in a compact enclosure that’s been acoustically optimized to deliver detailed audio. To enhance their bass output, most sound bars utilize what is called a passive radiator design. This helps the drivers better recreate lower frequencies, as if they were coming from bigger speakers in a larger enclosure. Small can be powerful!

That said, even a passive radiator design cannot match the in-your-chest thunder of a dedicated subwoofer (sometimes just called a “sub” for short). These large — or at least large-ish — speakers have one job, and one job only: to reproduce the very bottom of the audio spectrum. But they usually require sizable enclosures, and many environments don’t provide sufficient physical space to accommodate them, which is why some sound bars include built-in subwoofers. The Yamaha SR-B20A actually has two subs, powered by 60 watts of built-in amplification for plenty of punch. The end result is a rich, full sound consisting of a good blend of not only highs, mids and lows, but sub-bass too.

Long thin horizontal sound bar.
Yamaha SR-B20A sound bar.

By the way, if you think that sound bars are only for stereo audio, you should think again. Some sound bars, like the aforementioned SR-B20A, can take multichannel content from movies, TV shows and video games and deliver immersive 3D surround sound, complete with a sense of height. The SR-B20A can decode Dolby Audio, DTS Digital Surround and DTS Virtual:X formats, and also features HDMI ARC, which, when connected to a compatible TV, allows you to control the sound bar with your TV remote.

Making the Connection

Fortunately, it’s easy to gain the benefit of all the additional bass information that a subwoofer provides, as long as your sound bar offers a subwoofer output. (It’s always a good idea to check for this important feature before purchasing any sound bar, since it gives you the option of expanding your system.)

If you have limited space, consider adding a subwoofer like the compact Yamaha NS-SW050. It offers an 8-inch speaker, a Twisted Flare port and advanced YST II (Yamaha Active Servo Technology) design for clear and tight bass, plus 100 watts of dynamic power.

Yamaha NS-SW050 compact subwoofer.
Yamaha NS-SW050 compact subwoofer.

The process of connecting a sound bar to a subwoofer is simple. All you need is a monaural (mono) audio cable with the appropriate connectors on either end — an inexpensive item that’s readily available from both online and brick-and-mortar vendors. Once you have that in hand, just follow these three easy steps:

1. Locate the Subwoofer Out jack on your sound bar. As shown in the photograph of the SR-B20A below (circled in red), it’s usually located on the rear of the unit.

Closeup of back panel of a subwoofer with the out socket indicated.

2. Locate the input on your subwoofer. Again, as shown in the photograph of the NS-SW050 below (circled in red), it’s usually located in the rear of the unit.

Back panel with input indicated.

3. Plug one end of the cable into the sound bar’s Subwoofer Out jack and the other end into the subwoofer’s Input jack.

That’s all there is to it! Once connected, your sound bar and subwoofer will work seamlessly with each other: the sound bar will reproduce most of the audio frequencies, while the subwoofer will handle the lowest bass and “rumble” frequencies.

As to where to place the subwoofer for best results, there are no hard and fast rules. Unlike full-range speakers, subwoofers can be placed pretty much anywhere in a room. That’s because the human ear isn’t able to discern low frequency sounds as coming from any particular place — in technical terms, their sound isn’t localized. So, with just a little trial and error to determine what sounds best in your room, you’ll be up and running … and you’ll discover that it’s with a sound bar and a subwoofer that the real sonic fun begins!

 

Need some more convincing? Check out this blog:

Three Reasons to Add a Subwoofer to Your Sound Bar

You might also want to read these postings:

What is a Subwoofer?

Home Theater Basics

How to Burn-In Speakers

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha SR-B20A sound bar.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha NS-SW050 subwoofer.

Learning to Speak the Language of Music

I started playing guitar at the age of thirteen. Two years later, I was performing live in local clubs.

I wasn’t all that interested in playing cover songs, but I knew I needed to learn the original guitar parts to keep those gigs, so I did the best I could, strictly by ear. My true passion was writing my own music. As a teen, I’d present my latest ideas at our weekly rehearsals, and my bandmates always seemed to like the songs I was composing.

I had an epiphany one evening when the bass player and second guitarist asked me to explain what I was playing. To my embarrassment and frustration, I realized that I didn’t really know how to convey my ideas. It was in that moment I decided to become fluent in the beautiful language we call music.

First Steps

The local library was my first resource. I began devouring books on classical composition and music theory. They gave me a clearer understanding of note values, key signatures and harmonic structures, but the text and diagrams didn’t allow me to hear the examples being presented and consequently left me uncertain about my comprehension of the core concepts.

My next step was to enroll in part-time study at the Guitar Institute of Technology in London. Those classes were instrumental (pun intended) in helping me apply harmony and theory in a creative way, and they inspired me to play in a variety of musical styles. I just loved the way chords could be inverted and extended to add an eloquence to an otherwise simple progression, and I think this may have been the first time I’d heard of slash chords (i.e., chords with a note other than the root in the bass).

A couple of years later, completely addicted to my new dialect, I moved to the U.S. and began attending the Musicians Institute in Hollywood, California. This proved to be one of the best years of my life, and I emerged from this immersive program with the knowledge and vernacular to communicate, collaborate and create with other musicians.

Why A Musical Education?

So, would I advocate to an aspiring guitar player the value of a music education over just learning by ear? I certainly would, and here are a few reasons why.

1. It Helps You Share

A comprehensive understanding of music allows you to share those skills with your peers and with students. One of the best ways to solidify your knowledge is to teach it to others. It’s also an honorable and fun way to make a living. YouTube allows us to present our lessons to the world, and I’ve been lucky enough to forge a career as an online guitar educator. The digital era has given us a means to share our musical concepts globally and build a wonderful community of like-minded individuals … all while accruing residual income streams over multiple platforms.

2. It Benefits Live Performance

Although I predominately perform as a solo artist, I often work with a band or with backing players. The ability to write legible charts is paramount if you want to get the best out of your teammates. But charts come in various formats, including standard musical notation, lead sheets and Nashville numbers. Having a handle on reading and writing these different musical roadmaps will literally put you all on the same page and save time in both rehearsal and performance.

3. It Benefits Studio Work

Studio session work, although on the decline, is still a viable outlet for both creativity and income streams. More often than not, the producer will hire you to bring your own special sound and musicality to the session. This means interpreting the chart to create memorable parts. Interpretation can mean anything from stylistic approach to knowing that an Ama7 chord can also be played as an Aadd2, if that’s what you’re hearing. Knowing inversions, extensions and chord fragments will help you express yourself within the context of a written arrangement.

5. It Helps with Songwriting

The studied musician brings a world of options to a creative endeavor like songwriting. Diatonic chord substitution, secondary dominants, pivot chord modulation, tritone substitutions and modal interchange all enhance the harmonic structure and therefore inform the melodic possibilities when crafting original music. A simple chord substitution can make all the difference to a song or composition.

By the way, when you compose a piece of music for a product launch or demo, the aim is not to write parts that show your physical or musical dexterity. Instead, the goal is to create parts that demonstrate the tone and attributes of the instrument being featured. In this scenario, I’m playing a supporting role to the product and brand, so I try to keep my musical cues short, sweet and compelling.

6. It Helps with Other Kinds of Writing, Too

Words, like music, have a natural flow, cadence, dynamic and rhythm. Spending seventeen years in Nashville gave me a wonderful education in the art of storytelling through lyric. Every word is part of the groove, the number of syllables play an important role, and verses are written to lead the listener towards the hook in the chorus and the message of the song. Don’t underestimate the value of rhythm within your studies: the pulse is just as important as the pitch!

In addition, writing prose — whether it be for a magazine, video script, teaching program or a blog like this one — is a viable avenue of income and a powerful way to convey your creativity to the world.

The Video

One of the most important things I learned in music school (and in all the years attending the College of Musical Knowledge since then) is the value of a quality instrument. I recorded all of the guitar parts for this video with the phenomenal Yamaha LS-TA TransAcoustic guitar, capturing its big, rich sound with a large diaphragm tube microphone. In terms of effects, I primarily employed the LS-TA’s onboard reverb and chorus, but also added a sprinkle of delay from an outboard signal processor to the lead guitar melodies.

The Guitar

I’ve been a fan of the LS-TA for a few years now. In my opinion, it’s the perfect size for ease of playability, plus it provides the acoustic volume necessary to support the singer/songwriter’s voice. And, as you can hear in this video, the onboard TransAcoustic effects — chorus, room reverb and hall reverb — can be blended and enjoyed even when the guitar is unplugged, allowing you to immerse yourself in that gorgeous ambience anywhere you go.

Man playing acoustic guitar.

Aesthetically and tonally, the LS-TA is a stunning blend of old-world craftsmanship and modern technology. A solid rosewood back and sides joins a solid Engelmann spruce top via a maple and black binding, and the soundboard is treated with the unique Yamaha A.R.E. (Acoustic Resonance Enhancement) process, which uses a combination of moisture, heat and pressure to produce an exceptionally resonant top. The fingerboard and bridge are both ebony, and the neck is a robust and stable five-ply mahogany/rosewood construction … and the abalone rosette inlay (shown below) looks just as vibrant as the sound it produces.

Closeup of guitar.

The Wrap-Up

When we make a concerted effort to learn, practice and improve, we evolve into the musician we’ve always wanted to be. The pathway towards mastery begins when you apply and share those skills. My advice to musicians everywhere is this: Value your education, invest in a high-quality musical instrument and never compromise your craft. To me, those are the keys to success.

Photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha LS-TA TransAcoustic guitar.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Phillip Keveren

World-renowned composer and pianist Phillip Keveren is the co-author of the “Hal Leonard Student Piano Library.”

The fundamental principle behind Keveren’s highly circulated educational piano music is “simple is best.” Striving to understand what students are hoping to feel in each piece, Keveren focuses on the educational experience behind the music he’s writing. To do this, he imagines himself as the student, reflecting on what excited him as a child. He then seeks to provide the student with a clean and clear composition so that musicians feel truthful in their performance.

Keveren regularly works with teachers to bring his unique perspective into how students connect with educational piano music. He dives into the psyche of the student: Why are they there? What are they looking for? What makes them excited and motivated?

Keveren was taught piano in a traditional, classic sense before discovering jazz and pop music. He tells music educators, “I understand what it’s like to feel like a square, and you’re trying to figure out what’s at the core of popular music,” he says.

Discovery is a common theme with Keveren — it wasn’t until college that he was exposed to elements of the music industry, such as composing and arranging, that opened the door to his current career path.

As is often true with creative individuals, Keveren feels the effects of “imposter syndrome,” which allows him to connect to both educators and students in a highly effective manner. Honest and curious, Keveren’s love for the world of keyboard pedagogy is as infectious as it is insightful. His writing continues to stretch the bar of possibility and drive the future of music education forward.

Some of Phillip Keveren’s session titles are:
  • Fueling Student Creativity: Fostering Improvisation and Composition Skills from the Beginning
  • Lessons with Dmitry & Friedrich: How Kabalevsky and Burgmüller Can Nurture the Creative Spirit

To learn more about clinics by Phillip Keveren, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com

Mind Over Music

I’ve always been a pretty hard-core “just do it” kind of gal — I set my mind to something and then just get it done. But last year when we were all faced with new obstacles for connecting with our joy (mine in the form of travel, performing live and being in the company of other humans), I felt anxious — desperate for anything that would help me be functional, productive, patient and positive. For what might have been the first time in my life, I couldn’t just snap to it and get it done.

After considering potential solutions, I decided that yoga might help me recognize that I had the capability to manifest changes in my attitudes. Ujjayi breathing alone showed me I could lower anxiety levels and block negative vibes.

So, thought I, if I can calm my nervous system by telling myself to slow down and breathe, couldn’t some positive self-suggestion reaffirm my reflection when I feel, well, invisible? More pragmatically, could it pull me out of my creative funk and remind me that I’ve achieved success before and am on the path to doing so again?

One such self-suggestion comes in the form of an affirmation: a short declaration that states a goal you want to achieve. The idea is that repeating these affirmations can transport them to the subconscious mind, prompting your subconsciousness to bring your goal into reality. For example, saying I am beautiful just the way I am repeatedly can actually give you self-confidence by making you believe you are beautiful just the way you are.

It sounds too good to be true, right? “I will win the lottery!” But “I will win the lottery” is not an affirmation. For affirmations to be effective, they need to be not only positive but personal and specific … and they need to be in the present tense. In other words, we’re not supposed to assert what we want for the future but rather state what we are now. Even if it’s currently not so, we must put it out there as if it is so, or at least in progress.

So, for example, while If I practice, I will reach a high G might be true, the correct way to affirm it would be: I can reach a high G. (Present tense)

Other examples:

I am becoming a successful film composer. (In progress)

Though I may not be as famous as other songwriters, I am special and unique in my own way. (Personal)

Ideas are all around me and my open heart is receiving them. (Specific)

The lyric (or melody) to the last phrase in that chorus is finding its way as I sit here and repeat this affirmation. (Very specific!)

Get the picture? Remember: positive, personal, specific and in present tense (or in progress).

The idea is to repeat these affirmations one at a time, in a quiet place when you’re feeling relaxed, and to do it continuously for about 10 minutes a day. Seems reasonable to me.

Does it actually work? Hard to say. Maybe it’s more like a placebo effect — the idea that a patient who believes they have been given a cure for what ails them is more inclined to feel better. In that sense, an affirmation may be a form of self-hypnosis. Or maybe it’s, as French psychologist Émile Coué would call it, “optimistic autosuggestion” — a technique he developed through which individuals can guide their own thoughts, feelings or behavior.

The power of self-validation, even if it requires a bit of magical thinking, can do wonders. Hey, we’re musicians. We survive on leaps of faith. We believe in the energy of our thoughts and imaginations. Personally, I find it comforting to know that if we temporarily lose our way, we have a means within us to manifest hope and find our way back. These days, I find myself leaving sticky notes on the inside of my medicine cabinet, on my car dash, on my refrigerator door, wherever, as a reminder to make the time to honor my declarations.

So, pick a time. Find your place. Take a deep breath and repeat after me:

“I am — [fill-in-the-blank]”

Author Shelly Peiken in a yoga pose.

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

How to Install In-Wall Speakers

A living room is for living in, right? For many of us, that includes being able to listen to great music over a great audio system from the comfort of our sofa or favorite easy chair. But there are times when it’s simply not possible to add a pair of tower or bookshelf speakers to your living space, whether it’s due to space restrictions or spousal disapproval.

In those situations, the best solution might be to install a pair of in-wall speakers: speakers that literally disappear into the wall, making them essentially invisible. These will typically satisfy your listening requirements … and without interfering with the room’s interior design.

In this article, we’ll give you step-by-step directions for installing a pair of in-wall speakers, using Yamaha NS-IW960s as an example. These speakers offer dynamic sound and a number of unique features, including paintable grills and the ability to swivel the tweeter and midrange driver to aim high frequency sounds toward the main listening position.

First, gather the tools you will need:

– Floor covering / tarp

– Tape measure

– Stud finder

– Pencil

– Masking tape

– Level

– Drill

– Drywall saw

– Wire stripper

– Screwdriver

Now follow these simple steps:

1. Plan your placement. Your speakers should be positioned so as to give you great stereo sound in the spot where you do most of your listening. Ideally, they should be the same distance apart as the distance from each speaker to your listening area; in other words, if you were to draw lines between your listening position and each speaker, they would form an equilateral triangle. As far as height goes, try to position each speaker so that its tweeter is approximately 42″ off the floor. This is the typical height of your ear when sitting.

2. Mark your locations. Using a stud finder, locate the studs in the wall in the general area where the speakers will be placed. Try to identify two cavities (one for each speaker) that have some symmetry on your wall. Use your tape measure and masking tape to mark off each cavity.

3. Use your template. A nice feature of the Yamaha NS-IW960 is that it includes a template that is the exact opening size you will need to cut. Place that template on the wall in the area of the marked cavity, use your level to ensure that it’s straight, then trace around the template with your pencil.

Closeup of man with cardboard template measuring and marking on wall.

4. Cut your openings. Now that you have your opening marked out, grab your drill and drywall saw and get to work. To protect your walls, mask off the area immediately around the marked opening using masking tape. Keep in mind that you are going to make an enormous amount of dust, so be sure to protect your floors with tarp before you start cutting those holes.

Drilling
Cutting Hole
Closeup of man removing a cutout piece of drywall.

5. Run your wires. Now that you have your openings cut, this is the perfect time to run wire back to your amp or receiver. Take advantage of your attic space if there is one over the room. Hopefully you are connecting to an AV receiver like the stellar Yamaha RX-V6A, which has a handy “Zone 2” feature that lets you fill an additional room with sound.

6. Make your connections. With your amp / receiver turned off, strip the conductors of your speaker cable and connect them to the speakers before you install them in the wall. Only expose enough copper to fit in the terminals. Any additional exposed copper leaves you susceptible to creating an electrical short and potentially damaging the amplifier.

Closeup showing the back of the speaker with wiring into wall.

7. Install your speakers. With the speaker wires connected, place the speaker into the opening and use a manual screwdriver to tighten the screws. (I recommend a manual screwdriver so that you don’t run the risk of over-tightening and damaging the drywall.) The Yamaha NS- IW960s have dogleg brackets that will grab the inside of the drywall and allow you to clamp the speaker in place by simply tightening the screws.

Screwing In Wall800
Without Grill800

8. Put on the finishing touches. Now that the speakers are in place, add the finishing touch by putting on the grills. Be sure to clean off any fingerprints that you may have left on them.

Closeup of the grill being popped into place.

9. Turn the receiver on and enjoy your music! Here’s what the finished product should look like:

View of two speakers flanking a fireplace in a living room.
All photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Looking to install in-ceiling speakers instead? Check out this blog.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha NS- IW960 in-wall speakers.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha RX-V6A AV receiver.

Home Studio Troubleshooting Tips, Part 1: Hardware

One of the best aspects of having a home studio is that you’re the boss. You get to choose the gear, and you get to make the creative decisions. But with that freedom comes the responsibility of figuring out what’s wrong when you have a technical problem, which is an inevitable occurrence in any studio.

Fortunately, you don’t have to be a tech nerd to diagnose and fix many common gear and computer issues. Sometimes the cause is obvious, but other times it could be one of many possibilities. When the latter happens, it’s essential to stay calm and methodically troubleshoot the problem.

In this two-part series, I’ll show you some step-by-step examples of how to do just that. Here in Part 1, I’ll mainly deal with hardware-based problems. Next month I’ll focus on how to overcome DAW and other computer issues.

Follow the Signal Path

When your gear isn’t working right, put on your detective hat and use basic troubleshooting techniques to find the culprit. The idea is to use the process of elimination to systematically rule out various components in your signal chain as being responsible. Eventually, you’re left with only one possible explanation.

I’ll provide a few examples here. They’re not going to cover every potential problem, but by reading the steps, you’ll better understand the thought process that goes into troubleshooting, and you can apply it globally.

The Sound of Silence

For the first example, let’s say you’re getting ready to record a vocal. You plug a mic into your audio interface and … no sound! The first thing to do is to check the input meter (and/or signal-present LED) on your interface. No movement, no LEDs lighting? Well, since the signal isn’t getting past the input of your interface, you can deduce that the problem is at the input, or even before it (i.e., a problem with the mic or mic cable).

Here are the troubleshooting steps to follow in this circumstance:

1) Confirm that you plugged the mic cable in all the way and connected it to the correct input.

2) Make sure that channel’s input volume is turned up.

3) If you’re using a condenser mic, make sure you turned on the appropriate +48V phantom power switch on the interface — this kind of mic needs that voltage in order to operate. (Click here for more information.)

Closeup of the panel.
If you’re using a condenser mic, make sure to switch the phantom power on.

4) Still no sound? It might be the mic cable. Try swapping it out for another one. (Caution: Never plug or unplug anything when phantom power is on, or it could damage your gear. And after you switch phantom power on or off, always wait a few seconds for the device to finish powering up or down before you plug or unplug anything.)

5) If a new cable doesn’t help, the problem is most likely the microphone itself. Does the mic use a battery? If so, put in a new one. Does it have an on/off switch? If so, make sure it’s switched on. As a last resort, try a different mic altogether. If it works, then you’ll know for sure that the original mic has an issue.

Nothing There

Here’s a similar scenario, but let’s say that this time, you do see signal at the interface inputs when you talk into the mic. However, you’re still not hearing anything, and the meter’s not moving on the record channel in your DAW. In this case, try following these steps:

1) Make sure you’re monitoring the correct input channel in your DAW — that is, the one where your mic is plugged in. Also, make sure you correctly configured the input in your DAW’s I/O settings. (In Steinberg Cubase, it’s called the Audio Connections window.)

Screenshot.
Make sure you’ve correctly configured your I/O settings.

2) Assuming these are correctly set, check that the channel’s input monitoring is turned on.

Screenshot.
When checking for signal coming into a record channel, turn on input monitoring.

3) If so, make sure the volume on the DAW input channel is turned up.

4) Still no sound? The next step is to confirm that your interface is selected in your DAW’s audio settings.

Let’s say you do see signal present in the DAW, yet you’re still not hearing anything. In that case, try the following:

1) Make sure the record channel and the master channel have the correct output assignments in your DAW.

2) If there’s a monitor or headphone gain knob on your audio interface, make sure it’s turned up.

3) If there’s still no sound, the problem could be with the speakers or the headphones. Are the speakers self-powered? If so, are they turned on? If you’re using headphones, try substituting a different pair.

All Mixed Up

If you have a mixing console in your studio, you may run into situations where you’re not getting any signal at its main and/or headphone outputs.

1) If you’re bringing a source like a mic or an instrument into a mixer, use the channel’s PFL (pre-fader listen) switch to listen to the signal before it gets to the fader. If you hear the sound when the PFL switch is pressed, the problem must be something internal in the mixer, between the fader and the outputs.

View of mixer panel with slides.
A PFL switch lets you confirm that signal is arriving.

2) Make sure the channel fader is up. (It’s not unheard of to accidentally push up the wrong one!)

3) Check the output assign switch for the channel to make sure you’re sending signal to the correct destination.

4) Make sure that you don’t accidentally have another channel in solo.

5) Check that you turned the monitor and/or headphone output levels up.

If you don’t hear the sound when the PFL switch is pressed, make sure that the channel is set for the right signal type (i.e., mic, line or Hi-Z). If it’s set correctly, then the problem has to be before the mixer: either the cable is bad, or there’s an issue with the mic or the instrument (perhaps its level is turned down?). Try swapping the cable first; not only is this the most likely cause, it’s the easiest fix too.

Buzz Off

Let’s troubleshoot another typical problem: You plug a guitar or bass into an amp and you hear the signal, but it has an audible hum or buzz. Here, the most likely culprit by far is a bad cable, so start by swapping it for another one. Still buzzing away? Try these steps:

1) Does the amp have a ground or ground-lift switch? If so, flip it.

Rear view of unit.
Flipping an amp’s ground lift switch can sometimes eliminate hum or buzz.

2) If that doesn’t work, try plugging the amp into a different AC circuit. The problem could be in the wall wiring.

3) If the amp is a stack (that is, if it’s connected to an external speaker), it’s possible that a defective speaker cable could be causing the buzz. Try replacing it.

4) If none of that fixes the problem, your amp may need to be serviced.

Buzz and hum problems can also occur when you connect mics or instruments to interfaces, mixers and outboard gear, or plug processors into your signal chain. The steps here are basically the same: Check the cables first, and switch the ground if that option is available on the device. (Be sure to use a DI (Direct Inject) box if you’re connecting an electric guitar, bass or keyboard; those instruments are not designed to be connected directly to line or mic inputs.) If that doesn’t help, try plugging the instrument into a different AC circuit.

The Stage is Set

Another issue to keep in mind is the concept of gain staging — setting levels throughout your signal chain correctly in order to give you healthy amounts of volume without overloading any inputs. Correct gain staging can help you avoid noise when a signal is too low, and distortion when a signal is too high.

Screenshot.
Aim to keep your levels healthy (center) without going too low (left) or too high (right).

If you’re using a mixer (either hardware or software), once you get sufficient input level from the mic or instrument into the channel, correct gain staging is a pretty straightforward process. But if you’re simply connecting multiple devices together (either hardware or software), it’s unfortunately easy to end up with levels that are too low or too high.

If the signal coming into device B from device A is too quiet:

1) Ensure that the output level of device A and the input level of device B are turned up sufficiently.

2) If you still can’t get enough level, check that you haven’t created a mismatch of signal levels. For example, if you tried plugging a microphone into a line-level input, you’d barely get any signal. Mic level is extremely low in comparison to line level, which is why a microphone’s output needs to go through a component called a mic preamp (these are available as standalone devices but are also built-in to most audio interfaces and mixing consoles) in order for its signal to be raised to the proper strength. Instrument level is typically lower than line level and higher than mic level, but also needs preamplification.

Conversely, if the signal coming from device B into device A is too loud and is causing distortion:

1) Turn down the output level of device A.

2) If that doesn’t help, check that both are compatible level-wise. You might have connected a line-level output into a mic input, which would cause distortion.

In Part 2, we’ll focus on troubleshooting DAW and computer-based problems, which are more common, and sometimes a lot harder to figure out than hardware issues.

 

Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

Zoomed Out? Solutions to Overcome Video-Conferencing Overload

Once only used by remote work teams, video-conferencing services like Zoom, Skype, Google Meet and Microsoft Teams became lifelines for people in all walks of life during the pandemic.

Zoom, in particular, has been the go-to service during the lockdown. Grandmas and grandpas are on Zoom. Neighborhood board meetings are on Zoom. Cocktails and bar mitzvahs are done via Zoom. Bridal and baby showers are hosted on Zoom.

Schools have used video conferencing for everything from day-to-day teaching, to virtual school tours, to full-on musical productions.

But let’s face it, there’s only so much video conferencing you can take. You might start to resent signing in for video calls, dealing with problems focusing or suffering from dry eyes, headaches and other issues.

frustrated woman looking at her laptopWhy Are Video Calls so Exhausting?

There are several unnatural aspects to video calls, behavioral researchers say.

One important aspect is eye-contact overload. In a regular social situation, such as teaching in the classroom, “People normally keep eye contact 50% of the time when talking and 70% of the time when listening,” reports the SocialProNow blog. “It’s common to break eye contact every four to five seconds.

As an educator, you may have been taught to make sure you move your eyes around the classroom, ensuring you make contact with each student at some point. We’ve also been taught that too much eye contact comes off as aggressive and intense — hello, creepy! — while too little eye contact can be interpreted as submissive or avoidant.

With video calls, however, we are forced to endure far more eye contact than we would in face-to-face interactions, which causes “nonverbal overload,” according to researcher Jeremy Bailenson. He wrote in the Wall Street Journal that “behavior ordinarily reserved for close relationships — such as long stretches of direct eye gaze and faces seen close up — has suddenly become the way we interact with casual acquaintances, coworkers and even strangers.”

woman waving at laptop screenSimply looking at our own faces on the screen can be distracting and even anxiety-provoking. We start to notice our facial expressions, a new laugh line, our eye bags — everything and anything starts to feel a little awkward when stared at for too long.

That may be why online searches for skincare, hair and makeup rose dramatically starting in March 2020. And the BBC found that cosmetic doctors and plastic surgeons around the world have reported a huge increase in bookings for both surgical and nonsurgical treatments, something they are calling a “Zoom Boom.”

No need to make any drastic changes! There are a few easy ways to look and feel your best on a video call. One, keep the camera eye-level or higher to avoid double chins. Two, ensure lighting comes from the front, rather than the back. Opt for tops in solid colors, and if you want, throw on a little tinted moisturizer to even out skin tones. Voila!

Relocalize Your Relationships

Ian Marcus Corbin wrote about the need to practice our face-to-face social skills in a piece for the Washington Post. He notes, “To be sure, Zoom, smartphones and social media have allowed many to remain healthy, sane, employed and somewhat connected during the COVID-19 pandemic. But these nine months of tech dependency have also accelerated a less-welcome process long underway: the atrophy of our friend-making muscles. That has deeper implications than you might think.”

two women wearing masks on a walkWe have, Corbin posits, become a bit disembodied, lacking in relationships with people in our near proximity, such as our neighbors, fellow parents at our kid’s troop meeting or that dude who comes in every week to the same spinning class. Random, local relationships are a bit awkward — and that is the point. We are forced to mingle, and while it’s sometimes uncomfortable, that sense of friction is good, says Corbin. This is how we learn to trust the people surrounding us, and that sense of trust is necessary for a well-adjusted society.

Think about safe ways you can reconnect your local relationships. Perhaps you could text a colleague you’ve been meaning to catch up with and schedule a walk together, or even chat on the phone just to say hello to mix up the form of communication a bit.

Time Trade with Your Partner

Depending on who you are sharing your space with, there may be additional stress during a video call simply from trying to appear professional. We all remember that poor guy on the BBC whose news interview was crashed by his children and wife.

It’s one thing to teach, and another thing entirely to teach while hoping your child doesn’t crash through the room, wearing only one sock. Headphones can only block out so much chaos, and for working parents, the juggle is real.

If you have a partner and can “time trade” so that he or she is on kid or pet duty during your most important video calls, you’ll feel much less stressed. It’s not always possible, of course, but having one person designated to let out the dog/feed the toddler/answer the doorbell during vital moments can do wonders to improve focus for the Zooming partner.

Creative Warm-Ups

Before jumping onto your next scheduled video call, take a few minutes to warm up. Prep your tea or coffee, do a few stretches, listen to your favorite inspiring music. Educators are particularly prone to vocal-cord stress, so try these warm-up exercises for teachers.

Also be sure to follow the 20-20-20 rule, where you look up every 20 minutes, and for 20 seconds, focus on an object in the distance (about 20 feet away) rather than on your computer monitor. It helps to avoid eye strain.

two men wearing masks elbow bumping

Nurture Yourself with Meet-Ups

If you’re a music educator who has to spend the bulk of your week on video-chats, see if you can balance that with off-line activities during your free time.

Instead of meeting up for yet another online cocktail with friends, suggest a no- or low-contact, in-person option. How about a hike? Bocce in the park? Backyard bonfire? The Mayo Clinic has a list of activities that can be safely enjoyed, and points out that outdoor activities “offer an emotional boost and can help you feel less tense, stressed, angry or depressed. And sunlight can give your body vitamin D, too.”

It’s also okay to simply decline a social Zoom if you’re suffering from screen overload.

While we’ll soon be back to more in-person meetings and teaching schedules, video conferencing is likely to here to stay in some form, so learning how to adapt to it without straining our eyes — or brains — is definitely worth it.

YME Collective

The Yamaha Master Educator Collective

You have a long list of goals when you enter the classroom each day: Be a better music educator. Help students succeed. Feel inspired and empowered.

We can help you achieve all of your goals with our Yamaha Master Educator Collective, a roster of 30 all-star educators. This esteemed group covers a range of school levels and topics, and offers music teachers mentorship, expert advice and tried-and-true tips that will support and enhance your music programs.

The Yamaha Master Educator Collective currently has three distinct groupings:

    • Band and Orchestra is made up of instrumental conductors or educators who specialize in the advancement of instrumental music education. Each is celebrated in several areas of expertise including conducting technique, rehearsal strategy, student leadership, program building, retention and more.
    • Keyboard Pedagogy comprises renowned and adept educators and composers who teach piano pedagogy, keyboard labs and keyboard methods in a K-12 or post-secondary setting. They are accomplished in many areas including virtual keyboard lab settings, adult learning, connecting the student to the music and more.
    • Music Business and Entrepreneurship includes educators and career professionals who specialize in teaching music business and arts entrepreneurship in the modern music industry. They prepare students for a wide range of career paths in the music industry. Their mastery covers a variety of topics including income diversification, unlocking innovation, music copyright and more.  

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

The Yamaha Master Educators are available to work on-site with music teachers during staff development, as well as speak and conduct appointments with state music education associations, district meetings for music teachers and fine arts departments, districtwide in-service days, and both virtual and in-person clinics for educators or students.

To learn more about the collective and to discuss which Yamaha Master Educator and topic will best meet your needs, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com.

View the Yamaha Master Educator Collective brochure

Meet the Yamaha Master Educators

Yamaha Master Educator Dan Berard

Daniel Berard

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Clinician and Education Consultant
Retired K-12 Music Educator

Read more

Frederic Chiu

Frederic Chiu

KEYBOARD PEDAGOGY
Assistant Prof. of Piano
Carnegie Mellon University

Read more

Mirian Conti

Mirian Conti

KEYBOARD PEDAGOGY
Concert Pianist, Faculty of the Juilliard School Evening Division
The Juilliard School

Read more

Dr. Travis J. Cross

Dr. Travis J. Cross

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Professor of Music,
Director of Bands
University of California, Los Angeles

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator David Cutler

Dr. David Cutler

MUSIC BUSINESS
Distinguished Professor of Music Entrepreneurship and Innovation
University of South Carolina

Read more

Dr. Rodney Dorsey

Dr. Rodney Dorsey

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Prof. of Music, Conductor of Wind Orchestra, Director of Graduate Wind Conducting Studies
Florida State University College of Music

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Doug Droste

Douglas Droste

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Dir. of Orchestral Studies
Baldwin Wallace University Conservatory of Music

Read more

Serona Elton

Serona Elton

MUSIC BUSINESS
Director of the Music Industry Program,
Chair of the Music Industry Department / Head of Educational Partnerships
University of Miami, Frost School of Music
The Mechanical Licensing Collective

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Cheryl Floyd

Cheryl Floyd

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Hill Country MS Director of Bands (retired), Leander ISD flute instructor, music consultant and mentor
Hill Country Middle School, Leander ISD, Eanes ISD

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Richard Floyd

Richard Floyd

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Texas State Director of Music Emeritus
The University of Texas at Austin

Read more

Kevin Ford

Kevin Ford

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Dir. of the Leadership Conservatory for the Arts
Tarpon Springs High School

Read more

Larry Gookin

Larry Gookin

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Distinguished Prof. and Emeritus Prof. of Music
Central Washington University

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Jeffrey Grogan

Jeffrey Grogan

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Professor of Music, Director of Orchestral Studies / Artistic Director and Conductor
Oklahoma City University / Oklahoma Youth Orchestras

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Donny Gruendler

Dr. Donny Gruendler

MUSIC BUSINESS
Faculty, Doctor of Education in Learning Technologies Program
Pepperdine University

Read more

Barry Houser

Barry Houser

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Associate Director of Bands, Director of the Marching Illini, Chair of the Conducting Area
University of illinois, Urbana-Champaign

Read more

Jerry Junkin

Jerry Junkin

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Director of Bands,
Prof. of Wind Conducting
The University of Texas at Austin

Read more

Phillip Keveren

Phillip Keveren

KEYBOARD PEDAGOGY
Composer/Pianist
The Hal Leonard Student Piano Library

Read more

Craig Kirchhoff

Craig Kirchhoff

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Prof. of Music, Dir. Emeritus of University Bands
University of Minnesota

Read more

Gary Lewis

Gary Lewis

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Dir. of Orchestral Studies, Bob and Judy Charles Professor of Conducting, Music Director of the West Texas Symphony Orchestra
University of Colorado Boulder

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Dennis Llinás

Dr. Dennis Llinás

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Director of Bands, Associate Professor of Conducting & Music
University of Oregon

Read more

Anthony Maiello

Anthony Maiello

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Distinguished University Professor
George Mason University

Read more

Andrea McAlister

Andrea McAlister

KEYBOARD PEDAGOGY
Professor of Piano Pedagogy
Oberlin College and Conservatory

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Sarah McKoin

Dr. Sarah McKoin

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Director of Bands, Professor of Music
Texas Tech University

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Marcia Neel

Marcia Neel

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Senior Director of Education for Yamaha Corp. of America;
President of Music Education Consultants

Read more

Dr. Jeffrey Nytch

Dr. Jeffrey Nytch

MUSIC BUSINESS
Professor of Composition,
Director of the Entrepreneurship Center for Music
University of Colorado Boulder

Read more

Pamela Pike

Dr. Pamela D. Pike

KEYBOARD PEDAGOGY
Herndon Spillman Professorship in Piano Pedagogy / Editor in Chief, Chief Content Director
Louisiana State University / Piano Magazine

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Michael Pote

Michael Pote

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Director of Bands
Carmel High School

Read more

Dr. Stan Renard

Dr. Stan Renard

MUSIC BUSINESS
Assoc. Dean, Assoc. Prof. of Arts Management and Entrepreneurship, Dir. of the Arts Incubation Lab, The University of Oklahoma
Exec. Dir., Monteux School & Music Festival

Read more

Yamaha Master Educator Dana Sedatole

Dana Sedatole

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Music Education Specialist / Past President
Michigan State University / Texas Music Educator Association 

Read more

Dr. Kevin Sedatole

Dr. Kevin Sedatole

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Prof. of Music, Dir. of Bands
Michigan State University

Read more

Omar Thomas

Omar Thomas

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Assistant Professor of Composition
The University of Texas at Austin

Read more

Dr. Emily Threinen

Dr. Emily Threinen

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Director of Bands,
Associate Prof. of Music
University of Minnesota

Read more

Marguerite Wilder

Marguerite Wilder

BAND AND ORCHESTRA
Middle School Conductor (retired), Clinician and Consultant

Read more

Continue reading

The History of Musical Genres, Part 5: Pop, Rock ’n’ Roll and Rock

The beginning of pop music — a genre that would lead to the creation of rock ’n’ roll and rock — started on an obscure block in New York City.

In the late 1800s, a cluster of residential and commercial spaces along West 28th Street between Fifth Avenue and Broadway became the epicenter of American popular music. Known as Tin Pan Alley from the near-constant din of composers banging away on pianos, songwriters turned their attention away from classical and sacred pursuits to focus on secular tunes.

The Rise of Pop: a King and a Prince

It was during this period that consumer demand increased for sheet music from vaudeville acts and ragtime, a piano-driven style characterized by syncopated melodies. At around the same time, lax copyright laws were strengthened, providing a lucrative environment for music publishers. The growing appetite for sheet music would continue through the early 20th century with the compositions of Irving Berlin, Cole Porter and George Gershwin.

In the 1920s, the rise of radio and recorded music would slow demand for sheet music and further entrench popular songs in American culture. In an online story entitled “The History Of Pop Music In 5 Defining Decades,” author Katherine Myers notes that the genre may have begun as a nod to songs that were popular during a given time, but that this has changed to the point where “pop music has grown into its own ever-evolving genre.”

Since the rise of radio, decades have often become defined by the music that fills the airwaves, and these are the songs that ultimately become the “pop music” of their era. Over time, pop as a distinct genre has come to embody a reliable formula. A 2014 story in the Washington Post by British scholar Joe Bennett summed it up this way: “Pop songs (generally) stay in one key, are in 4/4 time, last between three and five minutes, are organized into chunks of four or eight bars, have a repeating chorus played two to four times, include the title sung at least three times, and feature short melodic fragments that repeat a lot to help everyone to remember them.”

Most eras also have an artist or collection of artists that commercially and artistically dominate. The pop stars of the 1920s, 1930s and 1940s were primarily crooners (Rudy Vallee, Eddie Cantor, Al Jolson, Bing Crosby, Frank Sinatra) and big band leaders (Cab Calloway, Paul Whiteman, Benny Goodman, Tommy Dorsey, Glenn Miller). The next three decades were dominated by the follow-on genres of rock ‘n’ roll and rock music (see below), but in the early 1980s, chartbusting artist and former child prodigy Michael Jackson was crowned the “King of Pop” … and rightfully so. Record company executive Tommy Mottola stated in the pop star’s 2009 New York Times obituary that “[Jackson]  bridged the gap between rhythm and blues and pop music and made it into a global culture.”

The musical IQ of Prince, who, like Jackson, also died an untimely death at an early age, was so expansive that it can’t be summed up in a single style. Upon his passing, Jon Pareles of the New York Times wrote, “Prince was a man bursting with music — a wildly prolific songwriter, a virtuoso on guitars, keyboards and drums and a master architect of funk, rock, R&B and pop, even as his music defied genres.”

Pop music, like most genres, is male-dominated, though there have been many important female pop artists. At the height of her powers, singer Whitney Houston had a range that spanned three octaves, noted Pareles and Adam Nagourney in their New York Times obituary, adding, “Her voice was plush, vibrant and often spectacular. She could pour on the exuberant flourishes of gospel or peal a simple pop chorus; she could sing sweetly or unleash a sultry rasp.” Notably, Houston also gave new life to Dolly Parton’s iconic country song “I Will Always Love You.”

Rock ’n’ Roll

In the early 1950s, another form of popular music began to emerge: rock ’n’ roll, which was fashioned by the confluence of gospel, jazz, rhythm and blues, and country music, along with other subgenres such as jump blues and boogie-woogie. The single “Rocket 88” (credited to Jackie Brenston and his Delta Cats although it was actually Ike Turner’s Kings of Rhythm) is considered the first rock ’n’ roll recording due to its distorted guitar and driving beat.

Despite this milestone, songwriter and innovative guitarist Chuck Berry — best known for his timeless hits “Johnny B. Goode” and “Maybellene” — is considered the real architect of rock ’n’ roll. When he was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in 1986, Berry was singled out for his contributions to the genre. “While no individual can be said to have invented rock and roll,” stated the organization, “Chuck Berry came the closest of any single figure to being the one who put all the essential pieces together.”

But Little Richard, the flamboyant pianist whose kick-out-the-jams concerts had a wild edge that mesmerized audiences, also laid claim to being the music’s originator. “I really feel from the bottom of my heart that I am the inventor,” he said in a 1990 Rolling Stone interview. “If there was somebody else, I didn’t know them, didn’t hear them, haven’t heard them. Not even to this day. So I say I’m the architect.” Some of Richard’s signature songs include “Tutti Frutti” and “Good Golly, Miss Molly” — recordings that capture the rawness of his live performances.

In 1956, moments before a then largely-unknown young singer named Elvis Presley took the stage on “The Ed Sullivan Show,” the host addressed the audience. “I don’t know what he does,” confessed Sullivan, “but it drives people crazy.” After teasing the crowd with the swivel of his hips, Presley launched into a rendition of “Hound Dog,” and in that moment rock ‘n’ roll entered the mainstream. Elvis’ artistic sensibilities were rooted in his Mississippi upbringing and his love of gospel, R&B and country music. “It was a synthesis so original and strong that radio stations did not know how to handle it,” noted music critic Robert Hilburn in a 1977 Los Angeles Times story. “Country music stations dismissed it initially as too “black” sounding. Black stations figured it was too country in tone. Pop stations … just ignored it.” Despite this, Presley became a pivotal figure during the rock ‘n’ roll era and in the cultural fabric of the nation throughout the two decades that followed. But Presley’s supremacy in the charts was to be challenged in the early 1960s by the coming of a British invasion and a new offspring of rock ’n’ roll called, simply, “rock.”

The Genesis of Rock Music

Music journalist Robert Christgau once suggested that “rock is rock ‘n’ roll made conscious of itself as an art form,” which evokes the influence of The Beatles on popular music in the 1960s and beyond.

Almost everything about The Beatles seemed fresh and new at the time, even though many of their early recordings were covers of early rock ‘n’ roll, R&B and Motown songs … albeit often lesser-known ones. But to those nuggets they added a youthful exuberance and a stomping, relentless beat, and that wasn’t the end of the story, for the band not only wrote their own songs (almost unheard of at the time), but had not just one but two skilled songwriters and lead singers in John Lennon and Paul McCartney, often joined in voice (and later in songwriting) by lead guitarist George Harrison. “They pulled off the rare feat of keeping a distinct voice through a remarkably diverse songbook that covers all types of genres, which is something incredibly rare,” wrote professor of musicology David Metzer in the Vancouver Sun. Though their career as a group spanned little more than a decade, they left behind an enormous legacy and hundreds of hit songs, from “I Want to Hold Your Hand” to “Let It Be.” What’s more, all four Beatles would craft successful solo careers after the band broke up.

In the 1960s, The Beatles had few peers, but one of them was Bob Dylan, an artful and socially conscious songwriter who started with an acoustic guitar playing folk music that emulated that of his idol Woody Guthrie, and ended up as a rock icon (and as a major influence on John Lennon and many other artists of the era, including The Byrds and The Band). With massive hits like “Blowin’ In the Wind,” “Like a Rolling Stone” and “The Times They Are a-Changin,” Dylan is considered a pioneer of the sub-genre folk-rock.

The Rolling Stones are considered one of the greatest rock bands to ever take the stage, but everything about them is steeped in the blues. Even their name is taken from the Muddy Waters song “Rollin’ Stone.” “If you don’t know the blues, there’s no point in picking up the guitar and playing rock ’n’ roll or any other form of popular music,” said the band’s rhythm guitarist and co-songwriter Keith Richards in a udiscovermusic.com story about the group’s influences. Blues artists like Waters, Howlin’ Wolf, John Lee Hooker, Elmore James, Big Bill Broonzy and Robert Johnson all had a huge impact on the Stones (as did the riffs of Chuck Berry) and influenced Richards’ guitar licks and co-writer Mick Jagger’s vocals.

Dylan and the Stones are still performing to this very day, but of course the story of rock did not end with them. Great bands of the 1970s and beyond include The Who, Led Zeppelin, The Eagles and so-called “prog” (progressive) rockers like Pink Floyd, Queen, Genesis, Rush and Yes, followed by so-called “heavy metal” bands like AC/DC, Def Leppard and Metallica, and punk-rockers like The Ramones and The Clash … which led into the “grunge” movement of the 1990s dominated by Nirvana and Pearl Jam. Along with individual artists like Jimi Hendrix, Eric Clapton, David Bowie, Elton John, Billy Joel and Bruce Springsteen, all have kept the flame of rock music alive and well.

Three genres, three distinctive journeys. The continuum of pop, rock ’n’ roll and rock offer a sonic tapestry that both preserves tradition and inspires new music to enjoy.

 

Check out the other articles in our “History of Musical Genres” series.

A Guide to Bass Bridges

Every component on or in your bass is there for a reason, but some have bigger and more important jobs to do than others. There are those parts with an obvious purpose, and others that are more mysterious. Tuners, nuts, pickups, pots, knobs, switches and straphangers all have clear functions to perform … though they also may be imbued with style points as a side benefit. But when you get down to it, whether you’re talking function or form, there’s no part of your bass with a more important role to play than the bridge.

More Than Meets the Eye

Don’t be deceived by its dense but shiny good looks: The bridge is deceptively complicated.

This was something I didn’t know when I first started playing bass. (That’s because, as every parent has discovered, teenagers know everything.) My attitude when it came to learning anything about my instrument was, just stop talking and hand me the screwdriver. So, armed with youthful ignorance and ham-handed luthery, I attacked my first bass’ bridge and turned what was an already finicky instrument into an unplayable, jangling nightmare.

These days I know that the bridge should not be disrespected, because it is actually the fulcrum for everything your bass does. For starters, it’s the platform that enables the strings to pass over the pickup(s), and it also serves as the high-mass contact point for strings to connect with the bass’ body. In large part, that’s where vibrations — and therefore, the sound of the instrument pre-amplification — live and die. And yet we’re still only scratching the surface of what the bridge does and how it works.

Back in the Saddle

The bridge, which is sometimes referred to as a tailpiece, doesn’t just attach the strings to the body. Each string passes over an individually adjustable saddle designed to be moved slightly forward and backward (affecting intonation), as well as up or down (affecting the all-important playability factor of string height, or “action”). These small tweaks enable the proper set-up for your bass. Without that ability … well, think about having a car where you never rotated the tires, and where the chassis sat on a suspension made from mattress springs and barbed wire. You can drive it, but is it comfortable and efficient? How does it feel when cornering at high speed?

Closeup view of an electric bass' strings stretched over the saddle and the screw at the bottom of the instrument body for adjusting.
Adjustable screws on the saddles enable them to be moved slightly forward or backward, up or down.

A correctly intonated bass responds with perfect pitch whether you’re playing an open string or anywhere up and down the neck. String height — the desired amount of space between the bottom of the strings and the crown of the frets — is a subjective preference. The two things are co-dependent in that every slight adjustment made to a saddle’s height will affect the intonation for that string, and every millimeter adjustment of the saddle forward or backward to intonate the bass will impact the action. (There are other factors that come into play here — particularly the tension of the truss rod underneath the fretboard — but that’s a story for another day.)

Top-Loading vs. String-Through-Body

Top-loading bridges have a slot (or a drilled hole) through which each string must be threaded, gripping the ball-end of the string so that the adjustable tuner at the top of the neck can be used to create the appropriate tension required for the string to vibrate. The pickup then captures those vibrations and converts them into a signal that can be amplified. You’ll find top-loading bridges in Yamaha TRBX basses.

Closeup image of the strings over the bridge.
A top-loading bridge.

String-through-body bridges are slightly different in that the string runs into holes located on the underside or bottom of the bass before it passes through the body and over the saddles. The “break angle” at which the strings pass over the saddle (which creates the right amount of downward pressure to maximize string performance) is steeper than it is with a top-loading bridge, and although it’s a nuanced thing, some players say that string-through-body bridges deliver more resonance and sustain. Yamaha BB Series basses incorporate diagonal body-through stringing, whereby the strings are angled at the saddle and pass through the instrument to the bridge at a 45º angle, as opposed to the traditional vertical stringing method, which places more stress on the strings.

Closeup of the strings through the bridge.
A string-through-body bridge.

A great way to find out which type is better for you is to get your hands on a Yamaha bass (such as a BB Pro Series, BB 700 Series, BB 400 Series or BBPH Peter Hook Signature BB bass) that comes equipped with a Vintage Plus or Vintage Plus Light bridge. These “convertible” bridges offer both top-loading and diagonal body-through stringing (which can be set to either of two different angles for extra tonal shaping ability — the rounder side of the saddle giving a slightly duller sound, and the more angled area of the saddle producing a slightly tighter one), which gives you the flexibility to choose the approach you prefer.

Closeup of the bridge.
Yamaha Vintage Plus convertible bridge.

And then there’s the unique bridge design of the Yamaha BBNE2 Nathan East Signature Bass. It features individual saddles attached to the body of the bass for each string. This serves to reduce interference from other string vibrations for minimal cross-talk between the strings, thus prolonging sustain while adding extra punch and note definition. The end result is a strong low end with excellent note separation and clarity.

Closeup of the bridge.
Yamaha BBNE2 bridge.

Mass Appeal

Two more things to consider when it comes to bass bridges are mass and material. It’s logical to think that the heftier the bridge, is the more likely it is to improve tone and enhance sustain, though in my experience, I find this to be quite nuanced. I have some basses fitted with high-mass bridges, and other ones with rickety bridges that look like they were fabricated in a hardware store basement, yet in a blind listening test most people probably wouldn’t hear much of a difference between them.

I do think, however, that the bridge material matters. The sonic characteristics and advantages of steel, zinc, brass and other metals can be argued by metallurgists (which I am definitely not), but in general, more expensive basses tend to come with heavier bridges made of more expensive metals. For example, entry-level Yamaha RBX and TRBX basses have bridges made of zinc or steel, while higher-end BB Series instruments (including the aforementioned BBNE2) have brass saddles for a slightly deeper low end, paired with steel bridge plates that deliver a brighter tone, making for more of a “hi-fi” sound. Most Yamaha signature basses (including the Billy Sheehan Attitude 30th Anniversary, Billy Sheehan Attitude Limited 3 and John Patitucci TRBJP2 models) have solid brass bridges.

Personally, I’m comfortable with function over form any day of the week. And here’s what I do know: Well-made basses typically come with well-made bridges. As long as what you’ve got in your hands (or what you’re shopping for) is a bass that boasts a bridge that is stable, doesn’t have sharp edges, and most importantly, allows for precise adjustments, it’ll probably do the job just fine.

 

Check out Michael’s other blog posts.

Click here for more information about Yamaha basses.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Dr. Stan Renard

At The University of Oklahoma, Dr. Stan Renard is Associate Dean and Associate Professor of Arts Management and Entrepreneurship and the Director of the Arts Incubation Research Lab. He is also the Executive Director of the Monteux School and Music Festival.

Performer, researcher and multi-lingual presenter, Renard’s international and diverse background come into play in leading the Arts Management and Entrepreneurship at the University of Oklahoma. His exuberance for creating replicable mechanisms that serve to improve existing systems in a variety of organizations is only surpassed by his level of exhilaration when speaking about it.

During his time at The University of Texas at San Antonio, Stan developed a Music Business Curriculum in partnership with a local San Antonio high school, which empowered hundreds of students to contemplate careers in the music industry. When first offered, over 400 interested students tried to enroll, but only 60 participants could be accommodated. The second year of this highly successful curriculum is a practicum, which dovetailed into the program at UTSA.

In his sessions, Stan provides secondary school music educators and their students with successful working models that allow educators to expand their programs to address another facet of an education in music — that of a career path in the music industry.

A proponent of experiential learning, Renard’s teaching techniques are rooted in project-based undertakings. Through a reverse-engineering approach, students are challenged to create projects ranging from releasing recordings to creating pitch decks and even organizing media buying campaigns. His focus on team building, networking and a capacity for effective writing, helps his students develop the skills needed to become the effective industry leaders of tomorrow.

Focusing on continuous personal improvement and purpose, Stan lives a contagious “I-love-everything-I-do” attitude and his joyful perspective continues to inspire his students to achieve the unimaginable.

A few of Dr. Stan Renard’s session titles are:
  • Marketing Your Music Program Like A Pro!
  • Building a Top Music Industry Resume: Strategies Learned from Industry Demand
  • From Incubation to Delivery: An Application of Project Management
  • Spark New Research, Ignite Your Teaching with Music Data
  • Growing Your Network Capacity
  • The Entrepreneur Mindset
  • The Nexus of Entrepreneurial Culture and Digital Skills in Promoting Arts Entrepreneurship
  • Increasing Your Diversity of Experience

To learn more about clinics by Dr. Stan Renard, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com.

Mastering Deliverables

In my previous postings, I’ve been covering various aspects of mastering, and now we come to the final step of the mastering process: providing the client with the necessary deliverables to release their music into the world. Whether it be streaming, CD or vinyl, a mastering engineer needs to be able to create, quality check and provide every needed format.

There are a handful of different deliverables for distribution, and they vary from project to project. For example, an independently released single may only require one mastered file for streaming, whereas a major label artist could request every available format. Luckily, WaveLab’s rendering capabilities make it easy to output whatever files the client needs.

Mastering deliverables currently in use include:

– 16-bit/44.1 kHz WAV files (sometimes referred to as “Red Book” audio)

– 24-bit HD files

– Apple Digital Masters (previously called “Mastered for iTunes”)

– DDP files for CD replication

– Digital Hi-Res vinyl cutting files or vinyl master lacquers / reference acetates if the mastering facility has a vinyl cutting lathe

The most commonly used is the 16-bit/44.1 kHz WAV file, which is standard for digital streaming and is the same file resolution as CDs. It’s also the most widely accepted format amongst aggregators such as TuneCore, Distrokid, etc. For these reasons, this is the go-to format that I master to unless otherwise specified by the client.

Now that companies like Amazon are creating platforms that can stream HD audio, a lot of my clients are requesting these as a deliverable in addition to standard 16-bit. These files are rendered as 24-bit, and I like to keep them at their native sample rate (that is, the same sample rate as the mix files) if possible. This can range from anywhere to 44.1 kHz to 192 kHz, but the most common resolution seems to be 24-bit/96 kHz.

Apple Digital Masters are created specifically for streaming through the section of iTunes of the same name. These must be created by an engineer who is certified within Apple’s database. The files are rendered as 24-bit, similar to HD masters, and go through an encoding/testing process to minimize intersample peaks and errors brought on by Apple’s conversion to the AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) format.

Though most people listen to music via digital streaming these days, I still have a good number of clients who like to create CDs too. In that case, they need a fileset called a DDP (short for “Disc Description Protocol”), which contains all the necessary data for CD replication. A DDP has the full sequenced record, complete with correct track IDs, plus it contains all of the embedded metadata like CD text, ISRC codes and UPC codes. Assuming that your project is encoded properly and your markers are correct, all it takes to create a DDP in Wavelab is literally just a push of a button. It’s one of the best features of the app, and it truly is that easy.

Screenshot.
Wavelab provides a DDP player too.

Vinyl deliverables can be created one of two ways. The first route — and the one I prefer — is to cut lacquers for the project in-house. This process starts with the initial mastering for digital release. Once those files are approved, I go back and optimize them to cut properly. Since Wavelab allows you to perform loudness limiting at the very end of the capturing process, I can preserve the dynamic integrity of the project through the entire analog chain. This makes it easy for me to optimize digital masters for vinyl cutting.

Vinyl has much stricter limitations than streaming, and it is imperative that the files translate as closely to their digital counterparts as possible, while still cutting without any issues. That’s why I prefer to cut the masters myself if possible; it allows me to guarantee their quality through both the digital and physical realms. From there, the lacquers go off to a manufacturing plant for plating and pressing, and then end up in the hands of the public.

The other route for getting a project onto vinyl is to create vinyl-specific cutting files to be cut elsewhere — something that’s necessary if artists plan to manufacture a run in another location, such as Europe. In that case, it’s safer to deliver files than to ship physical lacquers overseas and risk damage and degradation. These vinyl-specific masters are hi-res WAV files that are optimized to translate as closely as possible once cut by the vinyl engineer.

One deliverable I haven’t touched on is MP3 files, and for a good reason: Unless a client specifically asks for it, it’s not something I deliver. In general, you shouldn’t be sending MP3s to any of the digital distribution companies even if it ends up in that format once released. Most distributors will handle the encoding themselves, so it’s best practice to deliver the highest quality file before it’s converted by the aggregator.

The goal with deliverables, both digital and physical, is to provide the highest quality audio possible. That’s why I quality check every single deliverable before it gets sent to my clients. We mastering engineers are the final gatekeepers before the public gets to hear our client’s art, so we need to do everything in our power to make sure their music sounds exactly as they imagined it to be.

Photograph courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Pete’s other blogs.

Click here for more information about Steinberg WaveLab.

Come Back Strong for Fall 2021: Your Post-Pandemic Planning Guide

Welcome to your Post-Pandemic Planning Guide to bring back music to your school.

Your program may have taken a toll this past year and rebuilding it will be challenging, but you are not alone. We are here to walk beside you and help you every step of the way to bring back the music!

Our guide has a singular focus: Rebooting and reinvigorating your recruitment and retention efforts. Every two weeks we will provide goals, ideas, action items, checklists and advocacy materials that you can use to get your administration, staff and, most importantly, prospective students excited about music making.

What Should You Expect?

Throughout the spring semester, you should expect to receive relevant content to help you prepare for the upcoming school year. This might include talking points for an impactful conversation with your principal, recruiting and retention ideas, and creative tools to ensure that music remains a cornerstone in your school in life after COVID-19.

Like anything you hope to strengthen, your recruiting program can benefit from regular “workouts.” We’ve built a 16-week training plan to guide you through the rest of the school year, breaking action items into manageable to-dos and helping you finish strong, with a full, robust program for Fall 2021.

Whether you’ve been with us from the beginning or are just finding us now, feel free to join in! Our plan is meant to build on itself in a logical way, so actions you take in Session 1 will pay off in successive sessions. However, each session is also a complete package, so you can also zero in on the session topic that you need help with the most.

Perhaps you have some thoughts on how we can improve the Post-Pandemic Planning Guide, awesome content that’s helped you or want to share what you are doing now to prepare for Fall 2021. Drop us a line here — we’d love to hear from you!

Are you ready? Let’s get started!

Click on the links below to go to specific Post-Pandemic Planning Guide Sessions:

_____________________________________________________________________________________

SESSION 8

Welcome back to your Post-Pandemic Planning Positivity Guide! Our previous guides have been all about getting your program ready for life after COVID. This week, we take a different approach.

We know that this year has been a challenge. We feel it, too! For this final session, each of the six contributing authors from the MusicEDNow! team will share how they are staying positive, managing fatigue and preparing for life after COVID-19. In sharing their techniques, we hope that perhaps you and your students may be able to utilize them, too.

Looking Forward to Fall: Time to Thrive !

John MlynczakAs music educators, we understood that advocating was an essential part of our job even before a worldwide pandemic where aerosol dispersion was unsafe. And because music educators are resilient in our pursuit to share music with children, we have spent over a year finding flexible and ingenious ways to keep music education moving forward. Through these challenges we have all learned new ways to reach students outside of our classrooms and have continued to be strong advocates for music education in childrens’ lives.

As we plan for Fall 2021, there is no going back, only forward. We now have the opportunity to take our new skills and rebuild music programs that can inspire students as an ensemble and as individuals, with a trombone and a Chromebook, in a room and via Zoom. Fall 2021 is the beginning of a new chapter in music education. Spoiler alert: It will thrive!

Take a moment to reflect on your accomplishments of the past year, not just the challenges. Think about the skills you have acquired, not just the ones you could not use. Now, add all those skills and accomplishments to all the great work you were doing pre-pandemic and reflect on how much stronger you now are as an educator and an advocate.

You are prepared to thrive, and your current and future students are so lucky to have you.

— John Mlynczak, Vice President of Music Education & Technology at Hal Leonard,
graduate instructor at
VanderCook College of Music
and
passionate advocate for music education
 

Make the Most Important Thing, the Most Important Thing

Nick AverwaterLast March, the world stopped. “Two weeks to flatten the curve” was all we talked about (and Carol Baskins — what does this mean? Sorry, I must have missed it.). “Two weeks” became “this fall.” Then fall came and went. Here we are, a year later, just beginning to see a light at the end of the tunnel.

By being forced out of our rhythms, we were also forced to re-evaluate everything! Our time and priorities shifted. A lot of the change forced upon us was challenging and uncomfortable, and we had to rethink even the most simple tasks. But some of it turned out pretty great, too. I can’t help but appreciate the additional time I had to spend with family and learn new things.

If nothing else, COVID has given us all a new perspective on what’s really most important. In life after COVID, will some of those peripheral things return to our calendars? Sure. But our perspective will be different. I will forever appreciate the simplicity of a hug, dinner with friends and not having to dodge strangers in the grocery store aisle. (OK, I may still do that.)

As we turn the page, I hope we all strive to make the most important things in our life, the most important thing. If COVID taught us anything, it’s this: Focus on what’s important. The rest? Well, it wasn’t that important to begin with.

— Nick Averwater, Vice President and fourth-generation owner at Amro Music,
a locally owned and family-operated music store in Memphis, Tennessee.
Nick also hosts the
“After Hours: Conversations for Music Educators” podcast. 

Going Back … to the Future

Yamaha Master Educator Marcia NeelWhen COVID-19 restrictions ease, students and educators must adapt and prepare for a return to schools. All school staff will need to support students in their transition back to the classroom, and at the same time, manage their own transition and anxiety. Below are several resources to help as educators prepare to support this transition, particularly for anxious students.

If still teaching virtually, this article from Edutopia will help prioritize your self-care while teaching from home and these 7 tips for returning to school may help educators prepare for the transition back to in-person education.

In a blog article written for NAfME by Mara E. Culp and Rachel Roberts, the topic of seeking professional satisfaction during COVID-19 and beyond was addressed in detail. As articulated in the conclusion, 

Teaching music can feel overwhelming and seeking professional satisfaction can help teachers find joy in challenging times. By identifying their particular needs and consulting trusted sources to help set reasonable expectations, we hope music teachers can find fulfillment and better assist their learners for years to come.

From a different perspective, noted sports psychologist, Dr. Josephine Perry, shares these four secrets from sports psychology that can be used by any educator as setting goals for returning  to the classroom are being made.

  1. Being nervous is good.  Tell yourself, I am not nervous … I am excited. Reframe your anxiety.
  2. Never do all the work yourself. Learn to let others support you along the way.
  3. Mentally rehearse. Use visualization techniques which can increase motivation, build confidence and increase performance.
  4. Talk to yourself. Self-talk can have a surprising impact on your performance.  Think of Muhammad Ali saying, “I am the greatest!”  Tell yourself,  “I can!”

Always remember “why” you are teaching music. This highly circulated quote, penned by an unknown author, is as important today as ever.

I teach music
… not because I expect you to major in music,
… not because I expect you to play or sing all your life,
… not so you can relax,
… not so you can have fun,
but so you will be human,
so you will recognize beauty,
so you will be closer to an infinite beyond this world,
so you will have something to cling to,
so you will have more love, more compassion,
more gentleness, more good.
In short, more LIFE.

— Marcia Neel, Senior Director of Education for Yamaha Corporation of America,
Yamaha Master Educator and president of Music Education Consultants Inc.

Looking for your Car Keys

Barry TrobaughIt has been gratifying and a pleasure to be a part of providing tools and compass direction as we all come out of the tunnel of COVID.  I know that many of you can only see the dim light at the tunnel’s end, but I assure you that it is near, and we have survived. A new and brighter day is in our immediate future.

I am reminded of each time I lose the keys to my car.  In my hectic, angry and frantic mode of searching under and through everything, it never fails that just before I do find my keys, I find something else I had lost and needed as well.  That’s truly a win/win for me and at that very moment, I am euphoric.

In searching for the answers and procedures of dealing with this COVID Challenge, many of us have found amazing treasures as well.  It has been a time to re-evaluate the importance of each element of our “normal” and to focus on the greatest hits.  For me, it was to evaluate what my students ultimately needed from me for their musical journey, what was truly important in the pedagogical process, and how music can soothe even the deepest of loss and sadness.

In the immediate tomorrows, we will embark on days when we will use our newly found creativity to reach our students with more efficiency and with more impact.  We’ve had to learn new approaches, forced to vacate “normal” and yet required to remain highly successful while doing so.  You have SURVIVED, and now it is time to THRIVE with your newly found KEYS to success.  In nearly every case, students now better understand “who” we are and we certainly have a greater understanding of “them.”  Everyone appreciates music more deeply than ever before, and without a doubt, our relationships built through music have never felt more vital.

Look at your glass as half full. We have survived. The future is bright. You have found your beloved keys, and the journey forward is going to be quite a site.

Best of luck!

— Barry Trobaugh, Director of Bands of the Munford Band in Munford, Tennessee,
and Musical Director of Memphis Wind Symphony

It’s a Small World

Tyler SwickThe world became smaller when COVID-19 closed our schools. Not because we were trapped in our homes but because teachers rallied online to share their best practices from across the globe. I received advice from Italy, Australia and Alabama all in one thread. Video content, games and songs have been made readily available for educators by the educators who created them.

Our ability to reach students over the internet and make music accessible even in the most dire of situations is a testament to our new standard for music education. With the assistance of apps and websites, music education doesn’t have to end when students walk out of your classroom. Any place that has cell phone service is now an extension of our classroom. Though a difficult task, no student is unreachable now.

Music teachers are accustomed to getting the job done by themselves, but there has never been a larger pool of online resources to assist your lesson plans, funding and safety. Six months ago, when asked about advice I would give teachers, I said, “Put your head down and power through.” Lisa MacDonald, my fellow MusicEDNow! colleague and Yamaha Director of Vertical Marketing, followed that up with recommending we lean on each other for assistance with daily tasks and mental health. I was taken aback because the idea had never crossed my mind, but it is now the advice that I give everyone. Thank you, Lisa.

— Tyler Swick, is an music educator at Robert and Sandy Ellis Elementary School
in Henderson, Nevada. He is a 40 Under 40 Yamaha Music Educator and a
2020 recipient of the Heart of Education from the Clark County
School District. Follow Swick’s Classroom on YouTube.

 

(Re)fill Your Bucket

Lisa MacDonaldNo matter which cliche you prefer, they all ring true: You can’t pour from an empty pitcher and you do have to put your oxygen mask on before you can help others. After a long, hard adrenalized sprint to “make it happen,” you have to give yourself some grace, so I just want to leave you with a few words on recharging your own batteries.

Ask For Help: I get it. You’re the one your family, your kids, your colleagues depend on. But I promise you — there are things on your plate at this very minute that you could hand off to someone else. And there is someone in your network who would find joy in giving to you — so let them.

Hit Pause More Often: In the moment, consider trying a Self-Care Reflection, and get a read on how well you might be tending to your own needs.

Bring the Goal Present: It’s easy to lose ourselves in the minutiae of to-do lists and lesson plans and meeting agendas. Block out some time to pull back and look at the big picture. 

  • This is probably a great time to remind yourself about — or even further clarify — your WHY. Download the Passion Roadmap and take time to dream about the big things you want to accomplish next year, in three years and over the course of your life.
  • Having clear goals is a tremendous help toward being able to self-regulate — it allows you to focus on positive behaviors that drive toward personal payoff. Here are five more suggestions to help you self-regulate.

When you do a job that serves others, it is too easy to put yourself at the bottom of the list. You have been through a tremendously traumatic year and accomplished AMAZING things in spite of factors beyond your control going wrong at every turn. Your efforts are seen, they are appreciated, and they will be something your students never forget. THANK YOU!

— Lisa MacDonald, Director of Vertical Marketing, Yamaha Corporation of America

_____________________________________________________________________________________

From all of us on the MusicEDNow team, we wish you and your program nothing but success in the upcoming school year. We hope the Post-Pandemic Planning Guide provided you the spark or idea you needed to help you prepare for the fall ahead. If you missed a previous blast, you can find them here.

Know the difference you make in your student’s lives is immeasurable. As Mo Williams said, “Science will get us out of this. But the arts will get us through this.”

Musically,

The MusicEDNow team (Marcia, John, Lisa, Barry, Tyler and Nick)

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 

SESSION 7

In this session, we continue our focus on recruiting. We know that recruiting is a year-long activity and the end of the spring is a great time to make a strong recruiting push to finish out the school year.


Ideas for Recruiting Your Parents

Effective communication with prospective students’ parents is an integral part of the recruiting process. A simple misunderstanding, such as “you can’t do music and (insert activity)” could prevent a child from enrolling in music. Additionally, parents may not be aware of the numerous cognitive and SEL benefits of playing an instrument. Try these 5 easy ways to include parents in the recruiting process.

instruments pexels snapwire 6966Recruiting New Students

Influencer marketing has proven extraordinarily effective in the online world, and major brands are constantly looking for new influencers to endorse and promote their products to their trusted circles. This strategy can also be effective in recruiting music students, mainly because most of what current students have completed this year was done online, so it is easily shareable:

  • Have students record short testimonial videos and use these to promote your music program.
  • Have students select their favorite assignments from this year and share them with their friends.
  • Make an assignment for current students to create a recruiting presentation, such as a slide deck, video or Google Site, and have them present it to their friends.
  • Create an incentive program for students who can recruit a friend to join the music class.

In many ways, your students are the best recruiters you have because their peers value their opinions and experiences. Always be willing to take some pages out of the social media marketing playbook and use these same tactics to recruit in your school!

Re-Recruiting Current Students

Recruitment of new students and the retention of active students is very much the same in designs — think of it as “re-recruitment!” Both require communicating what your program offers and why students should stay involved to be successful. Here are 6 ways to re-recruit students to your music program for the upcoming year.

Checking in with Your Admin

Hopefully, you and your building principal or administrator have established a rhythm to your communications. There are still many things going on at the admin level that could impact your program, including scheduling shifts, additionally funding opportunities through ESSER, and coordinating a successful recruiting drive.

  • If it’s been a few weeks, touch base with your administrator and ensure that things are still on track. Inquire about any changes to the schedule that may impact your program and offer an update on recruiting. The goal is to uncover any new information that could affect your program and maintain the previously established momentum.

Resource Roundup

* Perhaps you have some thoughts on how we can improve these blasts, excellent content that’s helped you, or want to share what you are doing now to prepare for Fall 2021. Drop us a line here — we’d love to hear from you! 

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 

SESSION 6

We’re focused on accessing funding for your program in this session. There are a lot of funding opportunities available through the COVID stimulus bills for schools and music programs, and this session will offer a crash course on how to access this funding.


Understanding ESSER

Understanding the lingo allows us to better navigate the opportunities available to you. Here is a crash course on terminology and important dates to consider:

Two large stimulus bills were passed called the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act in March 2020 and the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act (CRRSA, sometimes referred to as “CARES Act II”) in December 2020.

As part of these relief bills, money was allocated to support educational needs through the Elementary and Secondary School Emergency Relief (ESSER) Funds. This money flows from the federal government to the states, from the states to the districts, and from the districts to individual schools and programs in the form of grants. Because funding is awarded as a grant, it’s crucial that your program and school proactively request this funding, as it can be widely used to support music education.

  • School districts must apply for ESSER Funds from CARES Act II no later than September 30, 2021.
  • School districts must spend ESSER Funds from CARES Act II no later than September 30, 2023.

Navigating What’s Available in Your State

ESSER funds move from the federal level to the state level, to the school district level, down to your school. However, to access these funds, you need to know who to ask, for what and when to do it! Let’s take a look at how to navigate the available funds for your state:

  • See what funds are available. Use these resources to see what funds are allocated for your state from round 1 and round 2 of ESSER.
  • Find your State Department guidance on how funds can be used.
    • Each state has issued guidelines on how the funds can be used. Use this resource to find the specific guidance your state provides to local districts.

Prepare for the Ask

Now that you have established what funding may be available to your program, it’s essential to request these funds directly. Because funding is distributed in the form of grants, programs and districts must request the funds and declare the intended usage to receive them.

  • Find your state Director of Arts Education.
    • Use this directory to find your Director. 
    • Write to them about your state-level guidance. If Arts and Music are included, thank them. If not, suggest that they work to make sure the guidance consists of Arts and Music so it is crystal clear that these funds can be used.
  • Contact your school district.
    • The request for ESSER funds must be made through your school district, so you must coordinate your needs with your district’s CFO, Assistant Superintendent or whoever traditionally manages grant and federal funds for your district. Use this directory to find contact information if you do not know this person. 
    • Share your state’s guidance and address why funds can and should be used for music. Here is a great resource to help make the case.
  •  Talk to your Principal and administration.
    • Share information about available funds at the district level and make sure they are applying for these funds. Here is an email template to begin the conversation.
    • Please note that although the funds are dispersed to the district based on the Title I formula, any school can apply for funds from the district, regardless of the individual school’s Title I status.

Using ESSER Funds

ESSER funds are intended to help music programs in several ways, including mitigating the risk of COVID spread, offering supplemental support, and ensuring students have equitable access to music in various learning environments. Here are a few examples of ways that ESSER funds are being used in music classrooms:

  • Instrument cleaning and sanitization
  • Purchasing personal protective equipment (PPE), including mouthpieces, cleaning supplies, masks, and covers
  • Facility and HVAC improvements
  • Instrument purchases to prevent sharing
  • Music learning software packages
  • Digital learning equipment
  • Summer programs and supplemental instructional support

Resource Roundup

Here are some more resources you can use to help you better navigate the process of accessing and utilizing ESSER funds within your program.

  • NFHS recently released its ESSER Funds Guidelines. This document can be found here.
  • The U.S. Department of Education has an online dashboard that shows how ESSER I funds are distributed down to the district level.
    • If you want to estimate your district’s ESSER II and ESSER III funding, multiply the ESSER I amount by 4 and 10, respectively.
  • “After Hours: Conversations for Music Educators” recently sat down with Yamaha’s Marcia Neel, Dave Gerhart, and Heather Mansell to do a deep-dive on ESSER funds. You can find this podcast episode here.
  • Don’t forget that music funding is also available for Title IV, Part A. Here is a toolkit from NAFME on Title IV, Part A funds. 

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 

SESSION 5

It’s hard to believe, but we are halfway through our recruiting window, so let’s build some momentum heading down the backstretch. Whatever the challenges your program faced this year, let’s push through and work together to bring back the music! 

In this session, we’re focused on creative problem-solving! You might have learned your schedule has changed, so we will discuss some alternatives to teaching another music appreciation course. We also discuss new funding opportunities available through ESSRA.

 

Not Another Music Appreciation Class!

Music educators may be asked to teach or create a non-traditional class to accommodate this year’s master schedule. The first course that often comes to mind is Music Appreciation but here are SEVEN alternatives that can be conducted with minimal funding and still align with music educators’ interests.

If you’re in a position to create an innovative course, talk to your administration about your strengths as a music educator, your students’ needs and how you can utilize facilities that are already available in your school.

calculator on top of moneyShow me (How to Get) the Money!

As part of the recent COVID-19 relief package, approximately $54.3 billion is already being distributed to support K-12 schools. These funds offered through the Elementary and Secondary School Emergency Relief (ESSER) provide schools, including music programs, additional resources to offset the impact of COVID-19.

  • Here is a recent article from National Association for Music Education (NAfME), including ways in which your program may be able to utilize some of the funds.

□ Watch this 10-minute video to find the information for your specific state and learn how your program can benefit. 

  • Many districts are not aware of this comprehensive package and how to access it. It is essential to have a conversation with your school principal or the individual responsible for accessing federal funds on your district’s behalf. These decisions are taking place now, so you must communicate your needs to allocate funds to your program. 
□ Make an appointment now to meet with your principal.
□ Review this list of suggested items that can be purchased for your program under ESSER guidelines, and get your shopping list ready.
  • Another resource comes out of the Every Student Succeeds Act. One of the most exciting and impactful provisions of ESSA is the availability of Title IV-A funds. These grants are provided to states then re-granted to districts to provide students with additional educational opportunities, courses, healthy and safe schools, and teacher training, equipment, and supplies. There are numerous possibilities for this renewable funding source, and it can indeed alter the trajectory of music education in every school district. 
□ Watch this 6-minute video that you can watch to learn about how your district can distribute and use Title IV-A funds.
□ Download the complete Title IV-A Toolkit here.

RETENTION TIP: The Power of Letter-Writing

Mail a letter home to all of your band and orchestra parents and guardians, thanking them for their continued support during this trying time. If you do not already send a weekly or monthly newsletter home, this letter could be an email. If you are already in the practice of sending out regular electronic communication, physically mail this letter. Make it feel different and more unique than your regular communication centered around student achievements, upcoming events and ensemble business.

Recognize that your ensemble parents and guardians are choosing to keep their children involved in an activity that, as Lowell Mason said when he was advocating for music’s place in the school curriculum, helps children “physically,” “intellectually” and “morally.” Implore them to reach out if they have any questions and to keep encouraging their children to work through these unorthodox times because brighter, more musical-filled ones are just around the corner. The discipline and perseverance they display this year will serve the entire program well when those skills are harnessed after the pandemic ends!

Dr. Sarah Labovitz from Arkansas State University is a contributing author of this letter. 

Resource Roundup

  • The Office of Elementary and Secondary Education published an excellent FAQ on ESSER funds.
  • The NAMM Foundation has a ready-to-go brochure, “Why Learn to Play Music?” that you can share with parents and guardians.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

SESSION 4

In this session, we’re focused on recruiting! With spring here, we must have a productive recruiting season to ensure our program is full and vibrant next fall.

In-Person Recruiting Ideas

If you are presently enrolled in in-person learning, here are some great recruiting ideas that we have borrowed from fellow educators.

  • “Blitz Week” — Pick a week for a recruiting “blitz” at your feeder programs or elementary school. Hang up posters around the school. Order campaign-style yard signs and place them in the carpool drive-through for parents to read. Welcome students as they are coming in and out of the cafeteria at lunch with a small ensemble performance. Submit a morning announcement or create a video to be played during the school’s morning broadcast. Scheduling a specific “blitz week” can be an effective way to reach incoming students.
  • Drive-thru Instrument Safari — Take a page out of Jacob Campos’ book at Franklin High School and set up a date for parents to do a drive-thru instrument safari. Arrange your high school sections throughout the school parking lot and provide a safari path for parents to navigate with their child and listen to each section. Each section can pick a fun song to play that features their respective instruments. Students can vote on their favorite instruments, and directors can speak with each family after they have completed the safari — all while socially distanced and outside.

Virtual Recruiting Ideas

Teaching virtually doesn’t mean your recruiting efforts will be any less effective as in previous years. Here are some ideas that will ensure next year’s class is as full as ever!

  • Be an Online Guest Artist — Schedule a time to digitally visit your feeder programs to act as a guest teacher or artist for the day. You can show brief videos or demonstrations of each instrument and talk to students about joining the band or orchestra.
  • Utilize Student Videos — Student videos are a great way to recruit future members. Ask students to submit brief videos explaining why they joined the band or orchestra and what they enjoy the most. You can keep it simple or get creative.
  • Drop in a Cameo — The website www.cameo.com allows you to create a personalized video featuring television, music and movie stars. Here is a recruiting video Siegel Middle School created featuring Rick from “Pawn Stars”

Hybrid and Blended-Learning Recruiting Ideas

Many teachers are teaching both online and in-person. Here are some recruiting ideas that translate to both in-person and online learning.

  • Social Media Takeover — Coordinate with your school to do a social media takeover. This can be a great way to live-stream videos from inside your program. Feature your students, programs and accomplishments, and explain why students should join the band or orchestra. Many parents follow the social media accounts of their child’s school, and this can be a great way to reach these parents.
  • Slideshow Presentation — Create a simple and fun slideshow that can be shown in-person or online. Schedule a time to speak with students, either in their homerooms, in a school assembly, during their music class or digitally. A slide show can be a great way to get students excited about joining your program — make sure to feature your current students and highlight accomplishments. You can also take the opportunity to address some of the FAQs that you get, such as can students participate in music and another school activity or club? Here is an example.
  • woman on laptop and talking on cell phonePhone Calls — While an “old-school” approach, phone calls remain one of the most effective means of recruiting students. Calling parents individually allows you to speak one-on-one with parents to share your excitement about the program and uncover any concerns. Oftentimes, parents want their child to be in the band or orchestra but may have a misunderstanding about the conflicts or other commitments that might prevent them from enrolling their child. Here is a list of FAQs you might receive from parents and a phone script to kick off the conversation.
  • Parks and Rec Programming — A summer parks and rec program is a great way to reach a wide audience and expose students to the joys of playing music. Many of these programs are being scheduled now so that registration can occur later in the spring. Here is more information.

Don’t Forget to Chieck-In

By now, we should be aligned with our building principal and counselor about our plans for next year. If not, a scheduled conversation can help bring everyone up to speed. But it’s important that you check-in regularly. Schedules and decisions can change, so you must be aware of any conversations that could impact your program. A casual conversation to confirm everyone is on the same page ensures that there are no surprises later.

Resource Roundup

  • Be Part of the Music is an outstanding recruiting resource with more recruiting ideas, videos, email templates and even the ability to create a recruiting website for your school. 

_____________________________________________________________________________________

SESSION 3

We hope you’ve found the first two sessions helpful and are taking positive action to build toward a strong Fall 2021. We’ve got your back and are going to walk beside you, step-by-step, in bringing back the music!

In this session, we have three big areas of focus:

  1. engaging another key stakeholder — your counselors,
  2. continuing to build momentum in our recruiting efforts and
  3. incorporating activities specifically designed to retain our beginning students

GOAL: Tap in to Your Counselor

two women talking at a conference table; one has a laptop, the other is taking notesIn Session 1, we outlined a conversation with your building principal that will help you plan for the coming year. This week, we turn our attention to having a similar conversation with your school counselor to determine how you can best partner with them to increase student enrollment.

Important things to consider:

  1. Don’t wait for the counselor to reach out to you: A proactive conversation will determine if there have been procedural or date changes relating to signing up students.
  2. Plan ahead for the conversation. A planned conversation can help you identify any new “landmines” for this fall. Here is a list of considerations to prepare for your meeting.

RECRUITING TIP: It’s Elementary

 In Session 2, we encouraged everyone to set a date to speak with students at their elementary school or feeder programs. If you have not already done so, be sure to set up a time. 
 If it’s time for you to speak, here are 8 Tips for Recruiting you can use, whether the students are participating virtually or in person.

RETENTION TIP: Get S.M.A.R.T.

While it’s great that we are getting a jump-start on recruiting for next fall, don’t overlook the importance of retaining the students already in our program. Here is a great resource  that provides a “S.M.A.R.T. approach” to retaining the beginners presently enrolled in your program. 

Don’t Forget

If you haven’t started yet, now is the time to collect testimonials from your parents and students for use later in the spring for recruiting. This email/letter template from Session 1 can be sent home to encourage students and parents to share their experiences.

Resource Roundup

Save the Date

  • On March 9th at 5 p.m. CST, “After Hours: Conversations for Music Educators” will host a live podcast recording and panel discussion on recruiting ideas for spring 2021. Register for this free Zoom event here.

Let’s keep the momentum going as we build toward a successful start to the upcoming school year! 

_____________________________________________________________________________________

SESSION 2

For this session, we’re focused on setting the table for credible, impactful conversations with your building principal, school board members and elementary school teachers. It’s important that we proactively share information with key decision-makers to ensure our program’s voice is heard throughout the spring and the entire decision-making process.

Let’s Talk Minimizing Risk in Music

There is still a great deal of concern relating to the spread of COVID-19 in our schools, so it’s important that we are prepared to address this head on. Fortunately, there are significant studies underway that directly address how to minimize risk in the music classroom. Here are the key takeaways from the most recent findings in a long and abbreviated format.

  • It’s important we use the appropriate vocabulary when communicating these findings. These measures do not make music “safe,” but rather, “significantly reduce risk,” in some cases by up to 90%. We want to ensure that we are communicating this information accurately.

We also want to communicate this information to our key decision makers in an easy-to-follow format, so that they can make the best decision possible. Don’t assume they know what you know! Here is an email template you can use to communicate this important information about safety measures to your decision makers.

depicting the arts -- a violin, a palette, an empty frame and some paint brushesGOAL: Get Your Community Involved

It’s vitally important that our community supports the arts, and who better to lead this charge than music teachers? The National Association of Music Merchants (NAMM) recently launched an initiative called “ARTS ARE EDUCATION.” You can find the press release for this initiative here. This is an easy, turnkey way to share the importance of music with your community and gather support. 

Get your community involved:

 Take the ARTS ARE EDUCATION Pledge. Click here to do so.
 
Ask parents to take the ARTS ARE EDUCATION pledge.
 
Involve your building administration and build support for the arts by making them aware of this initiative. Here is an email template you can use to open the conversation.
 
Request time (or enlist a few passionate band parents!)  to speak to your school board about the importance of music education and ask them to support the ARTS ARE EDUCATION initiative by signing the pledge. 
      • Budget decisions are already underway. Parents asking the school board to pledge support of the arts makes music a budgetary priority.

RECRUITING TIP: It’s Elementary

Recruiting can never start too early, and elementary school music teachers are a great ally in this activity. Here are some things to do now to kick-off recruiting alongside your elementary school teacher:

 Begin collecting student testimonials to share later with prospective students at the elementary school. Current students can use Flipgrid or another recording software to record a few lines about why they joined band, orchestra or choir. Here’s an example.
 
Arrange with the teachers of the elementary programs to meet with their classes via Google Meet or other platform to provide an engaging session on “exciting music opportunities at the middle school.” This would be a great time to share videos of current high school or middle school students having fun making music! For now, just get a date set. We will send some content ideas in our next blast, but here’s a sneak peak of some great ideas if you’d like to get started.

Step-by-step, we are going to get back to making music, together! 

_____________________________________________________________________________________

SESSION 1

view of a desk from above with computer monitor and stacks of papers

Goal: Lay the Groundwork

This session is all about laying the groundwork. Our goal is to uncover any roadblocks that might present themselves later in the spring and to ensure that music has a voice at the table as plans are made for 2021-22. Have you considered these items to prepare for the fall?

 Touch base with your building administrator or principal to determine your teaching schedule for the coming school year as well as what needs to happen to have a successful recruiting season. Here is an email template to kick off that conversation and checklist of items to consider to ensure you are prepared for this conversation.

      • Remember: When framing your conversation with your administrator, be sure to present your solutions in the context of what’s best for the students.

 You may need to remind your administrator why music is a crucial part of the curriculum. Here is an example of a presentation successfully used by teachers in Lincoln, NE to ensure continued support of music programs. 

RECRUITING TIP: Prep Now

We all know recruiting is 24/7, but it is more important than ever to be focused, organized and proactive. We’ll provide a recruiting tip or action item in every email to help and inspire you. Our tip this month is:

 Start collecting written and virtual testimonials from your parents and students about the importance of music in their lives. These can be outstanding materials to help you recruit later in the semester. Here is a sample email letter you can use to collect these testimonials. 

Resource Roundup

If you are looking for some more resources to help you with these conversations and to-do items, here are a few you might consider:

Hi-Fi Starter Guide

So you’re looking to build a stereo system. You’re in the right place. The simplicity and surprising satisfaction of two-channel listening cannot be overstated.

Two-channel stereo systems offer unique advantages over sound bars and multichannel AV receivers. Sound bars typically can’t offer the pure sound quality and upgradability of a stereo receiver; AV receivers, while awesome for surround sound, come with the inherent complexities needed to deliver immersive 3D sound (i.e., multiple speakers, video switching and a myriad of surround processing options). A two-channel system fits comfortably in-between these two options. For many, the two-channel experience is just the right blend of sophistication and performance.

The three main components of a stereo system are:

1. A two-channel amplifier or receiver

2. One or more content source devices

3. A proper pair of speakers

While every component in the chain affects the sound quality and overall experience, here are a few basics to help you craft a system that packs a punch.

The Amplifier

The receiver or amplifier is the cornerstone of every stereo system. Choosing the right model depends upon whether you’re looking for baseline simplicity, future expandability or pure music reproduction … or maybe all three. Let’s explore your options.

Stereo receivers not only amplify the signal to drive your speakers but also allow you to easily select all connected components such as turntables, CD players, etc. They also have built-in content sources like AM/FM tuners and in some cases Bluetooth® capability and even network streaming content. Think about what’s important to you.

Integrated amplifiers like the Yamaha A-S501 (shown below) are considered the next step up in sound quality. They are optimized to perform the essential function of accurately amplifying the sound, and while they allow you to select connected components, there are no built-in sources with these guys. Typically, they have larger power supplies than an equally priced stereo receiver, which delivers improved dynamics and better sound quality.

Amplifier and remote control.
Yamaha A-S501 integrated amplifier.

Pro Tip: When selecting a stereo receiver or amplifier, power in the 80-100 watt range is sufficient for most home applications. 10 to 20 watts either way is not acoustically discernable, so try not to put too much emphasis on these numbers. The physics of sound reproduction tell us that in order to hear something twice as loud, the amplifier needs to output 10 times the power. So to make an 80 watt system sound twice as loud, you’d have to replace it with an 800 watt-per-channel amplifier!

Instead of being swayed by the power ratings, focus on the features you’re going to use. Is Bluetooth or network streaming most important to you, or is a built-in phono preamp and/or sonic performance what you need for the listening experiences you want to explore? Start there.

Select Your Sources

Both receivers and integrated amplifiers offer a great deal of connection options and system expandability — in fact, that’s perhaps the biggest benefit of building a two-channel system. Here are some of the sources you might want to connect:

Turntables are the nostalgic backbone of Hi-Fi, and the analog signal generated by the vinyl records they play is considered by many to be the purest method of sound reproduction. What’s more, listening to vinyl is an interactive sport. Collecting new albums, cleaning the records, physically placing the needle on them and enjoying the album art and liner notes are all part of getting more of your senses involved in the listening session.

Another great thing about turntables is that you can always replace the included cartridge with a higher performance replacement. With this simple upgrade, your system will move to the next level of sound reproduction.

Turntable with lid open.
Yamaha TT-S303 turntable.

Pro Tip: If your receiver or amplifier has a dedicated phono input, it will work with any turntable. If your amplifier doesn’t have a phono input, don’t worry. Many modern turntables (like the Yamaha TT-S303, shown above) have a built-in phono preamp, making them compatible with any receiver or amp. For more information about connecting a turntable, check out this blog posting.

CD Players offer a solid option as your audio source. Compact Discs (CDs) were introduced decades ago as a replacement for vinyl records, without the problems of surface noise and the potential for scratches. If you already have a collection, put all that music to use with either a single disc CD player such as the Yamaha CD-S1000 (shown below) or a multi-disc CD changer.

Front face of the CD player unit.
Yamaha CD-S1000 CD player.

Pro Tip: If your CD collection is sparse, you should take a look at the secondhand market. Online sellers such as eBay, as well as yard sales, thrift stores and flea markets often offer exceptional deals. And unlike used vinyl, which is susceptible to scratches that degrade the sound, most used CDs, if well-cared for, will sound as good as new.

AM/FM tuners are another great add-on to an integrated amplifier, giving you full access to free over-the-air broadcasts.

Streaming Options

Bluetooth is a great option if you stream a lot of content on your devices. You’ll appreciate being able to listen to all that content through good-quality stereo speakers! Simply pair your smartphone or tablet with a Bluetooth-enabled receiver and start enjoying a world of music in Hi-Fi.

AV receivers with built-in streaming services take out the middle man (your phone or tablet) by letting you stream directly to your speakers to produce a much cleaner sound. The same goes for TV audio: Simply connecting the optical output of your TV to a compatible receiver automatically upgrades your viewing experience.

Speakers

Speakers are the components that convert electrical signals from the amplifier to the sound that we hear. Technically, they’re known as transducers, but all you need to know for the purposes of this posting is that by moving air, they send sound waves across the room to your ears.

When done right, two speakers will give you an almost 3D-quality sound image. But speakers come in a wide variety of shapes and sizes, and audio quality is really subjective — what sounds good to one person may not seem so good to another.

Two tall speakers.
Yamaha NS-F150 floor-standing speakers.

So how do you know which to buy? A very rough rule of thumb is this: The larger the speaker, the more bass or low-end you’re going to hear.

Floor-standing speakers like the Yamaha NS-F150 (shown on the left) give you the biggest sound and perform best when given a little breathing room. If your room has plenty of space, spread out the speakers at least a foot or two from adjacent furniture or walls. If the only way to fit them in your room is to cram them in a corner, try bookshelf speakers instead.

 

Bookshelf speakers like the Yamaha NS-6490 (shown below) are smaller in size and can be placed in wall units, on furniture or on speaker stands. Due to their smaller size, reproducing deep bass notes are not their forte, but that’s easily remedied with the addition of a powered subwoofer.

Two small speakers, one on right without the filter cover to expose the components.
Yamaha NS-6490 bookshelf speakers.

Subwoofers will give you the bottom end of a floor-standing speaker with the added flexibility of being to place all your speakers unobtrusively. Connecting a subwoofer to your amplifier or receiver is simple, as long as the amp/receiver has a dedicated subwoofer output, and subs can be placed pretty much anywhere since the bass frequencies they reproduce do not seem to our ears to come from any particular location.

Choosing the right subwoofer depends on how much bass you want generate and how large your room is. Does it have vaulted ceilings? An open floor plan? These two factors mean that you will need a larger subwoofer to fill the room with bass. (For more information on subwoofers, check out our blog posting entitled “What Is A Subwoofer?”)

Square speaker unit.
Yamaha NS-SW050 subwoofer.

Pro Tip: Figuring out how much to spend on your speakers is important if you want to get the best overall performance for your budget. A very rough estimate is spending one to two times as much on your speakers as you spend on the electronics. A $300 receiver will perform great with a $500 to $600 pair of speakers. But a $600 amplifier paired with a $100 pair of compact speakers will not show off its potential.

Upgrade Away!

Perhaps the best part of building a stereo component system is the ability to upgrade different elements as your preferences change. Want more inputs or a network receiver for Wi-Fi connectivity? Change it out later. Remember, you can continue to use your existing speakers and sources until you’re ready to upgrade them too.

Hi-Fi listening can take you as far as you want to go. What’s more, it gives you the ability to hear music the way it was intended: in pure two-channel stereo.

 

Here are some related blog posts that provide additional information about Hi-Fi audio:

Dialing in the Perfect Two-Channel Experience

What’s A Receiver? Part 1: Hi-Fi

What’s A Receiver? Part 2: AV

How to Connect a Turntable to an AV Receiver

Five Reasons Vinyl Is Making a Comeback

How to Stream Hi-Fi Quality Audio at Home

What Is a Subwoofer?

The History Of Hi-Fi

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha Hi-Fi components.

Click here for more information about Yamaha speaker options.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Dr. Pamela D. Pike

Dr. Pamela D. Pike, Ph.D.. NCTM, is the Herndon Spillman Professorship in Piano Pedagogy at Louisiana State University and the Editor in Chief and Chief Content Director or Piano Magazine. A highly respected and upbeat voice in expanding the world of keyboard pedagogy, she stresses the importance of understanding the needs of diverse students in all stages of life. Pike shares her recognizable passion and unique insights with educators, helping craft curricula to fit each student at their current level and empower them to develop and refine the skills to continue their musical journey. She also seeks to inspire all students to become lifelong learners and music-makers by engaging their natural curiosity. She has extensive knowledge into teaching piano to students of all ages, both privately and in group settings.

Understanding that adults have different needs based on their individual stage in life, several of Pike’s professional development sessions focus on guiding educators to adjust their teaching style to fit the student and not just the age group. Regardless of a student’s level of skill, she’s able to build a map to navigate through the learning process, believing that anyone can learn to play the piano depending on how much they dedicate themselves.

“If a student isn’t learning and they’re putting forth the effort, that’s my fault as a teacher,” Pike says. “I must be missing a piece there.”

Beyond the classroom, Pike brings focus to the evolving nature of keyboard pedagogy. Her mission is to share and preserve this essential knowledge base so that it can be accessible to anyone interested in learning or teaching piano. Her research interests include distance learning, teaching older adults (third-age students), group teaching techniques, and cognition and human learning.

A few of Dr. Pamela Pike’s session titles are:
  • Sight Reading Strategies
  • Practice Strategies That Work!
  • Developing Artistry in Intermediate Students
  • Motivation
  • Group Teaching Techniques
  • Distance Teaching 101
  • Facilitating Adult Learning in the Music Studio

To learn more about clinics by Dr. Pamela Pike, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com.

Playing By Ear, Part 2

In Part 1 of this two-part series, we described an effective method for learning the notes of a melody by ear. An important aspect of this technique was being able to stop the playback of a song after the very first note so that it “hangs in the air,” thus enabling you to better sing along and then find that note on your keyboard. Once you have that starting point, you can move on to identifying whole musical phrases by means of the intervals being used.

In this installment, we’ll talk about using technology to aid in that effort, as well as presenting techniques for learning the chords to a song. Let’s jump right in.

Technology to the Rescue

Being able to stop playback is important, but just as important is being able to slow it down so you have more time to figure out the music. Fortunately, modern computer/phone/tablet technology allows you to easily alter the tempo without changing pitch. This is something that you can even do directly on YouTube. Here’s how:

1.  Call up a song you’d like to learn, then go to the Settings icon. (As indicated by the red arrow in the illustration below, it looks like a gear.)

Screenshot.

2. Selecting it will open up a number of options. We want to adjust the Playback Speed:

Screenshot.

3. Any of the settings above “Normal” will slow down the playback (the ones below it will speed up playback), but it will quickly start to sound funny, so I wouldn’t go beyond .75.

There are a number of standalone apps that can do this same kind of audio slow-down but with better playback fidelity, though they’re not all free like the Yamaha Chord Tracker, which I’ll be talking more about a little later in this article.

Armed with the ear training work I described in Part 1, along with perhaps some technology, you should be well on your way to picking out melodies in no time. I suggest you work on really simple songs and melodies to begin with — you’ll find that the more you work at it, the easier it will get.

Learning the Chords

The other aspect of playing popular songs is learning the chords, without worrying about the melody. This allows you to jam along with the original artist recording, or to provide backing on your keyboard while someone else sings or plays the melody. For me, there are two steps to learning chords: First, I focus in on the bass or the left hand of the piano to try to identify the bass note that is being played, since that’s often the root of the chord. From there, I try to determine if the chord is major, or minor, or one of the other common chord types we’ve described in previous installments of The Well-Rounded Keyboardist. As a quick review, here are the most common chord types:

Musical annotation.

Often I will just trying playing a bass note and the 3rd of my chord “guess,” since the 3rd helps to define if a chord is major, minor or suspended. There is no guarantee that the bass player is always playing the root, however. If it’s not the root, try assuming, in order of priority, that it’s the 5th, the 3rd or the flatted 7th. For example, if the bass note is a C, first try some type of C chord. If that’s not right, try an F chord (C is the 5th of both F major and F minor chords). Then try either an A minor or an A-flat major chord (C is the 3rd of each of those). If all of the previous attempts don’t sound right, try a D Dominant 7th or D minor 7th chord (C is the flat 7th of them). Hopefully your ear is well enough trained that you’re not just guessing the quality of the chord — you have a good idea if it’s major, minor or whatever.

In my opinion, there’s no substitute for putting in the hours — that’s the best way to learn and to develop the necessary skills for your musical endeavors. But sometimes something comes along that is so cool it’s worth exploring, even if it is providing a shortcut. The aforementioned Yamaha Chord Tracker (available for iOS® 15.2 or higher and Android™ smart devices) is such a product.

Screenshot.

This wonderful piece of software listens to any song from your music library (as long as you’ve purchased the song and it’s not copy-protected or downloaded from a subscription service like Apple Music), then analyzes it and quickly displays a chart with the chords, ready for you to learn to play. Options allow you to view the notes of each chord either in music notation, on the keys of a keyboard (as shown in the illustration above), or as guitar chord symbols. You have control over tempo so you can slow the song down while you’re first learning it, and you can also transpose it if the key is too hard for you to play in or sing to. What’s more, if you want to practice just a section of the song, you can set start and end points and have the music keep looping. So while Chord Tracker is focused on presenting the chords of a song, it can also be used for learning. The teacher in me says, try to figure out the chords yourself, and then use the app to see how well you did.

In my early years as a musician, I couldn’t do anything by ear — I had to read sheet music or be shown what to play. I’ve worked hard at it over the years, and nowadays I am transcribing really difficult jazz solos and learning an average of 5 new songs a week … so it can be done! The hours you put into this endeavor will not only give you the ability to learn lots of tunes you like, it will allow you to learn them correctly. Sure, there are plenty of websites that offer the chords for songs, but you’d be surprised how wrong they often are. In a similar vein, you can find tons of online videos that purport to show you “How To Play” well-known songs. Some are very good, a lot are just OK, and sadly, too many are just people guessing.

What about sheet music, you may ask? Well, it has its place, but bear in mind that it’s generally a simplified version created to show you the melody and words, with a made-up piano accompaniment that isn’t always representative of the original. That’s why, when you compare it to the recording you love, you will often find differences. We all want to sound like the recording if we can, right? So put in the work, and enjoy the journey!

All audio played on a Yamaha P-515.

 

Check out this related blog article:

Apps to Help You Learn to Play Keyboard At Home

 

Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Serona Elton

Serona Elton is the Director of the Music Industry Program and Chair of the Music Industry Department at University of Miami Frost School of Music. She is also the Head of Educational Partnerships at The Mechanical Licensing Collective. A vivacious, captivating presenter, Elton becomes utterly energized when working with young collegiates who view themselves as tomorrow’s music business leaders. Elton is quickly whisked back to her own junior high school days when she had similar plans of becoming a successful recording artist. When she eventually realized that her talents might lay elsewhere, she also discovered that she could have just as profound a relationship with music without being a performer. In a bit of foreshadowing, a photo in her high school yearbook showed Elton holding a collection of records and stating her plans to work at a record company one day.

Elton’s pragmatic approach to teaching mirrors that of her own journey to her current professorship at the Frost School of Music. It was her intense desire to pursue a career in the music industry, however, that led her to eventually realize her dream when she landed a position at EMI Recorded Music, an internationally recognized record company.

Through her varied experiences as the Head of Educational Partnerships at The Mechanical Licensing Collective (The MLC), Vice President of Product Management at Warner Music Group, Vice President of Mechanical Licensing and Repertoire Data Services at EMI Recorded Music, as well as countless consultancies with stalwart companies like Sony Music Entertainment and Universal Music Group, Elton models her profound discovery that even though there is an enormous focus on the performer, there are countless essential roles required to support the commercialization of the music itself.

Through Elton’s presentations for educators and students alike, participants come to realize that the skills young musicians learn in the music education classroom prepare them for an array of successful career opportunities in the music industry where they can continue to enjoy a lifelong relationship with music.

A few of Serona Elton’s session titles are:
  • Overview of Music Copyright
  • Understanding Digital Music Rights and Revenue
  • Understanding Information Management in the Music Industry
  • Exploring the Music Modernization Act
  • Mechanical Licensing and Royalties

To learn more about clinics by Serona Elton, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com

Bechard David

Back to 40 Under 40

David Bechard

Director of Instrumental Music
Wahlert Catholic High School
Dubuque, Iowa

When David Bechard started at Wahlert Catholic High School, the band had 13 members. After relentless recruiting for 18 months, the band grew to 52 members — a growth of 400%! “My plan was to make band fun and create a sense of ownership for the students,” Bechard said. “I focused on building their sense of community and pride.”

A part of the fun factor was the virtual Halloween concert. “We missed our annual Halloween Parade due to COVID-19, so I wanted to give my students a fun Halloween experience,” Bechard said. “We recorded ‘Thriller’ in our main gym and my ‘zombie cymbals’ slowly chased my bass clarinetist, adding to the zombie horde throughout the song!”

Even though Wahlert’s band is small compared to other schools, Bechard did not just make do with what he had. He repeatedly asked for resources for his program. A costly ask was acoustic paneling in the band room, which would help students hear the other instruments better. “The most important step I took was reminding the office at every opportunity that the paneling was a need — physically, musically and educationally,” he said.

According to one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, “It wasn’t long ago that Wahlert Catholic High School’s band looked like toast. Then David Bechard stepped in. A dwindling band that didn’t march and struggled to play concert band music due to lack of instrumentation is now playing Friday night football games and playing quality concert band literature.”

Continue reading

Alcantara-Rojas Javier

Back to 40 Under 40

Javier Alcántara-Rojas

Director of GREAT Academy, Director of Instrumental Music
Granite Hills High School
Apple Valley, California

Javier Alcántara-Rojas not only grew the music program at both Granite Hills High School and its feeder middle school, Phoenix Academy, he was a key player in advocating for and creating a new curriculum that would become the Granite Recording & Entertainment Arts Training (GREAT) Academy. For three years, Alcántara-Rojas and a small group of educators developed this career technical education (CTE) program specifically for the performing arts. The GREAT Academy, which opened in 2018, offers core arts training along with applied technical training.

In one of Alcántara-Rojas’ “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “The amount of creativity it took to create this system — which allows students to move through an academy-style system of classes while still allowing them to take desired classes within the other subjects — frankly boggles my mind,” 

The academy’s mission is to prepare high school students for college and career readiness and to “equip them with the technical proficiency and aesthetic sensitivity” for a career in the entertainment industry.

One-third of Granite Hills High’s students participate in the academy. According to Alcántara-Rojas, the academy coursework focuses on student interests and offers a comprehensive music program, as well as classes in dance, theater, animation and tech theater. The GREAT Academy also has a newly renovated performing arts center, and performing there encourages “students to give their creative best,” he said.

The California Department of Education saw the immediate impact of the GREAT Academy and recognized it as a Regional Technical Assistance Site to help other schools build and grow the arts in their communities.

Continue reading

There’s a New Kit in Town

When it comes to electronic drum kits, there’s a world of options out there. But if you’re looking for a fresh approach that will inspire you to new heights, you’ll want to check out the three new kits in the Yamaha DTX6 Series — the latest addition to the Yamaha family of electronic drum kits. Designed to be easy to use and fun to play, DTX6 Series kits are great for drummers who need a way to practice and rehearse quietly, want to record with professional results, or just want to improve their drumming abilities.

Start Your Engine!

All DTX6 Series electronic drum kits are equipped with the new DTX-PRO drum trigger module, which features a state-of-the-art audio engine loaded with more than 700 new high-resolution acoustic and electronic drum sounds, along with cymbal and percussion sounds. The acoustic drum samples in the DTX-PRO were recorded in professional studios by skilled recording engineers and even incorporate the natural ambience of the rooms where the drums were recorded.

View of control panel.
The DTX-PRO drum trigger module.

The DTX-PRO supports connection of up to 14 Yamaha trigger pads, with snare and ride cymbal positional sensing for a more authentic drumming experience. Each pad in a kit can layer up to four sounds, with a maximum polyphony of 256 Voices. You can choose the instrument Voice, alter the tuning or muffling of each drum, change cymbal size or sustain — even change the hi-hat clutch position. Audio files imported from a connected USB flash drive can be used to create your own unique instrument or a custom click track.

Effects Galore

The DTX-PRO provides a wide range of onboard effects that can be applied to individual sounds. These include Gated Reverb, Early Reflections, Tempo Delays, Chorus and Pitch Change, as well as a 3-band EQ, a Transient Modifier (for changing the attack and release of a sound) and a Compressor.

In addition, a Master Effects (MFX) processor can be used to add effects such as Analog Delay, Flanger, Overdrive, Bit Crusher and Lo-Fi to the entire kit, or to individual sounds.

Kit Modifiers

Unique to the DTX-PRO are a trio of Kit Modifier controls that give you access to three distinct characteristics of your DTX6 Series drum kit — Ambience, Comp, and Effect — all with the simple turn of a knob. Combined, the three Kit Modifiers make speedy work of changing the personality of a drum kit.

Close-up of the dials.
Dedicated Kit Modifier controls.
  • Ambience instantly changes the amount of room sound added to a drum kit. At settings from 0 to 50%, it adds the real ambience that was recorded in the studio with the acoustic kits, while settings from 51 to 100% add high-quality digital effects such as Hall, Room, Plate, Stage and Space.
  • Comp determines the amount of compression applied to the kit, varying the dynamics and making the drums sound louder or more “punchy.”
  • The Effect knob adjusts the blend of effects that have been programmed into the kit using the three onboard processors.

Pads You’ll Want to Play

All DTX6 Series drum kits are supplied with a Yamaha XP80 8-inch snare pad, which utilizes a drum head made of TCS (Textured Cellular Silicone) and has free-floating construction for increased sensitivity that virtually eliminates cross-talk. The pad is split into three zones, supporting open and closed rimshots, or you can assign different Voices to different zones. Best of all, the XP80 is quiet and feels great to play!

Close-up of a cross-section of a pad before and during it being hit with a drumstick.
XP80 pad TCS head.

The DTX6K3-X and DTX6K2-X kits feature the new KP90 kick pad, which has a 7.5-inch rubber playing surface with a multi-layer cushion, while the DTX6K-X comes with a KP65 5-inch rubber pad. Both pads have sturdy tower construction with anti-slip spurs for increased stability under hard playing conditions, plus they’re large enough to accommodate double foot pedals while ensuring reliable triggering.

The PCY135 ride cymbal pad in all DTX6 Series kits has three zones, allowing you to play different sounds for the edge, bow and cup. The PCY135 also has “choke ability” (if you grab it, the sound cuts off abruptly, just like a real cymbal) and is used for crash cymbals on DTX6K3-X and DTX6K2-X kits.

A cymbal pad showing three zones.
Cymbal pads with three zones enable expressive performances.

Rack ‘Em Up

DTX6K3-X and DTX6K2-X kits come equipped with the new RS6 rack — a compact, stable platform for DTX6 Series components. A Yamaha ball clamp mount is used for the snare drum pad, enabling a wide adjustment range, and the left side of the rack permits flexible positioning of the hi-hat stand and double foot pedal (a Yamaha HS650A hi-hat stand is supplied with the DTX6K2-X and DTX6K3-X kits).

Image of framework.
The RS6 has L-shaped legs for sturdy support.

Recording Options

The DTX-PRO module allows you to record and store your performances to internal memory or a connected USB flash drive. A really cool feature is that you can overdub your drumming to an accompaniment song played from your smartphone or music player through the DTX-PRO AUX IN jack, and then save the performance to a single file.

You can also record professional-sounding drum tracks into the supplied Cubase AI DAW software by connecting the DTX-PRO to your computer via USB. The USB connection also supports streaming of MIDI data into DAW software for creating sequenced drum parts.

Share Your Drumming with the World

The DTX-PRO is compatible with the free Yamaha Rec’n’Share app, available for both iOS and Android® smartphones and tablets. Rec’n’Share lets you record audio and video of your drumming performances, which you can then email to friends or bandmates, upload to a file sharing app, or post directly to social media.

Close-up of someone's hand as they use the device.
Rec’n’Share connects Android and iOS devices to the DTX-PRO.

Practice Makes Perfect

The DTX-PRO incorporates 10 different training tools designed to help your practice routine, including 37 training songs in various genres with original drum parts that can be muted or unmuted. Other training tools include Rhythm Gate, an exercise for striking pads along with a click at proper timing; Measure Break, an exercise for keeping a steady tempo without the click; and Fast Blast, which helps build your drumming stamina.

Additional features include a MIDI output for sending MIDI data to external devices, dedicated front-panel knobs for Master Volume, Audio and Click levels, a headphone jack with a low-noise/high-power amplifier, and separate EQ for the master and headphone outputs.

Watch Joel Cassady of Walk Off The Earth perform on the DTX6K3-X.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha DTX6 Series electronic drum kits.

Zilisch Cory

Back to 40 Under 40

Cory Zilisch

Director of Orchestras
Westport Middle School
Louisville, Kentucky

The orchestra at Westport Middle School has been described as electrifying — that’s because it’s an electric orchestra! “The Westport Rock N’ Warhawks is the only one of its kind in a middle school … It is the most technologically advanced orchestra program in the United States today, and it is known throughout the country for its highly skilled and diversity of talent,” said Cory Zilisch, Westport’s director of orchestras.

Students in the orchestra are introduced to a variety of rock, pop and classical music; learn choreography and floor movements for their performances; and can experiment with all the sounds that electric instruments produce. Students also learn to improvise and create their own music. The Rock N’ Warhawks perform at various school and community events, activities and conferences in Kentucky.

The popularity of the electric orchestra has helped Zilisch grow his orchestra by 400% in five years. “Simply taking that group and performing around the city has caused so many kids to want to join the program,” Zilisch said. “Another big recruitment tool is our social media presence. Word has gotten around town about our program and we have kids clamoring to be a part of it!”

In addition to the Rock N’ Warhawks, Zilisch oversees the 6th grade, 7th grade and 8th grade orchestras, as well as a chamber orchestra.  According to one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, “I would wager a large sum that Cory Zilisch is the most impressive, young orchestra teacher in the United States. … He holds a high bar for behavior, encouragement and achievement in his ensembles that has a radiating effect on the school population as a whole.”

Continue reading

Zeilinger Aaron

Back to 40 Under 40

Aaron Zeilinger

Director of Instrumental Music
Orange Lutheran High School
Orange, California

A change in leadership can make a world of difference. Just ask the students at Orange Lutheran High School about music director Aaron Zeilinger, who they affectionately call Mr. Z. In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a student wrote, “Mr. Z is always motivating us to be the best version of ourselves.”

Another student wrote, “Mr. Z makes everyone feel welcome to the program. I’ve seen upperclassmen with no prior music experience join band and commit to practicing because of Mr. Z’s dedication to make everyone feel capable of being a musician.”

A major change Zeilinger implemented at Orange Lutheran was to re-establish the marching band. “After a 3-year hiatus, I saw a need for the unique team bonding that marching band brings to a program,” he said. “Now that we are in our fourth year, the kids are closer than ever and excited for when we can march again.”

Zeilinger also changed the format of the final concert of the school year — the Student Showcase — to be one developed and run by students. “I have always been a firm believer in establishing a sense of ownership within programs by enabling students to have a voice in major items,” he said. “Each song is either chosen by, conducted by or taught by a student with my guidance. It is truly a celebration of the students’ growth over the time that they have been in the program.”

During the pandemic, Zeilinger asked for student input on topics for his music appreciation presentations. He has lectured on topics ranging from baroque music to the music of Harry Styles and even what makes a pop song catchy. “It has been a lot of fun creating these lessons and allowing students to sit back and enjoy something (that is still educationally relevant) during this already stressful time,” he said.

In addition to teaching music, Zeilinger molds students to be self aware, empathetic and positive. And his students feel his impact long after they leave Orange Lutheran. A former student wrote, “When I graudated, one of Mr. Zeilinger’s final pieces of advice to me was to ‘have confidence in yourself and don’t be afraid to get out of your shell.’ I still take this advice to heart today.”

Read about how Zeilinger started the Performing Arts Academy at Orange Lutheran.

Continue reading

Walck Tim

Back to 40 Under 40

Tim Walck

Director of Music, Yearbook Advisor
Austin Area School District
Austin, Pennsylvania

Tim Walck oversees the music program in the Austin Area School District, the smallest district in Pennsylvania, whose graduating class last year consisted of 10 students. “With class sizes so small, the same students tend to participate in almost everything,” Walck said. “This has great benefits, but the challenges of balancing schedules, focus and quality of work are very real.”

The district is also the most rural — “Wal-Mart is more than an hour away, and the closest town band is even farther,” Walck said. “So, opportunities to experience an orchestra, winds ensemble, jazz band, stage production, solo artist or performing arts event of any nature are infrequent — even prior to Covid.”

Despite these challenges, Walck is dedicated to ensuring that his students have the same opportunities and experiences that students have in larger districts. According to one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, “Walck has endeavored to utilize a hands-on approach to music education, where students are constantly playing and creating music.”

For example, due to the small student population, Walck decided to forego a traditional band and formed rock bands at the elementary and high schools. Walck’s long-term goal is to have the rock band travel and compete, but with the pandemic, the bands were temporarily sidelined. “But students have been rehearsing in individual lessons with the goal of creating a multitrack recording. This is a work in progress as my students and I expand our technical abilities,” Walck said.

Another creative outlet for Austin students is Muse Guitars, a student-run business that launched in September 2020 and sponsored by Read World Scholars. Students build and design sellable products — namely, ukuleles and guitars — and “experience entrepreneurship and learn job-readiness skills, such as website development and design, marketing, branding and, of course, crafting and personalizing their instruments and products,” Walck said.

Continue reading

Villanueva EJ

Back to 40 Under 40

E.J. Villanueva

TK-4th General Music, 5th-6th Instrumental Music Teacher
Orange Grove Elementary School
Anaheim, California

EJ Villanueva knows that instilling a love for music at an early age can be transformative. That’s why he aims to provide a variety of opportunities for students in TK through 6th grade at Orange Grove Elementary to engage in musical instruction regularly. In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Even during unprecedented times, Mr. Villanueva makes music instruction relevant. He takes the time to provide engaging lessons so students have the opportunity to connect with music.”

Even with distance learning, Villanueva has found ways to make his lessons fun and interactive. He has hosted live YouTube sessions to teach rhythm and provided synchronous weekly instruction via Microsoft Teams. Most notably, he planned a socially distanced grab-and-go for all 6th graders to pick up their ensemble instruments. “I determined which instrument each student would be assigned through a Google survey and made my decision based on their preferences and living situations,” Villanueva said.

Students at Orange Grove, look forward to entering 6th grade because they have the opportunity to join the 6th grade band that Villanueva started. “Save the Music Foundation provided instruments and music stands,” he said. “With the support of the 6th grade team and fellow music educators in the district, I introduced students to band instruments and helped them choose which ones to play.”

Prior to the pandemic, Villanueva conducted winter and spring concerts and invited the entire school community. He also accompanied groups of students to perform at different musical events around Orange County. “I often volunteered my students to perform at these events to help them build performance experience and showing them the importance of community outreach,” he said.

Read about the depth and breadth of Villanueva’s music program at Orange Grove Elementary. 

Continue reading

Vicchiariello Vincent

Back to 40 Under 40

Vincent Vicchiariello

Director of Bands
Nutley High School
Nutley, New Jersey

Nutley music is part of who Vincent Vicchiariello is. Not only did he attend Nutley schools as a child, but he has taught at the elementary, middle school and now Nutley High School. So, it’s not surprising that he calls the Nutley band program a family. “When I took over as director at the high school, I made it a point to let the students know that we are all there for each other no matter what,” he said. “We have instilled a culture in our students that they follow, believe in and teach to the new students. They help and care for one another on/off the football field, in/out of the classroom or in/out of the band hallway.”  

While parents and students are proud of the many awards that the Nutley band has received under Vicchiariello’s leadership, they are more appreciative of how he has built a community within his music program. In several “40 Under 40” nomination letters, students called him “a role model” and “my rock,” and that “he has taught us the importance of hard work and continuously emphasizes to never give less than our best.” A parent was succinct in his praise of Vicchiariello: “He connects to the kids like no other. Grounded. Has their best interest at heart. One of a kind.”

Another parent wrote about Vicchiariello’s exceptional programs that blend classical music with edgy, modern pieces. “He includes all his staff, his students and even parents in the creative process, actively asking for input. This bridge of communication has brought together a series of fresh ideas that brought life into our music program.”

Vicchiariello strives to find more musical opportunities not only for his high school band members but for students at Nutley’s feeder schools. He saw the benefits of including 8th graders in the marching band, something that he himself experienced. “I had the opportunity to join the high school marching band when I was in 8th grade, and I enjoyed every second of it along with many of my friends,” he said. Vicchiariello knew that students often don’t continue playing music when they enter high school. By implementing this new program, 8th graders have the opportunity to grow and development throughout their extended time in the group.

During the pandemic, Vicchiariello worked tirelessly to provide a safe marching season for his students. Even though all competitions were cancelled, he continued to teach them new music and worked with community leaders and the booster association to practice at a park so that students could safely play together. According to another nomination letter, “He was in constant communication with the parents so that together our children could continue to do what they love, which is to play music,.”

Read about Vicchiariello storage and scheduling solutions

Continue reading

Vento Banda Giselle

Back to 40 Under 40

Giselle Vento Banda

Pre-K-5th Music Specialist
Parkdale Elementary School
Waco, Texas

Giselle Vento Banda has a long history at Waco Independent School District — she attended the district’s school as a student. “As a disoriented ESL student, walking into the choir room taught me that I was a member of the gaggle and had arrived in a safe space where I could be me,” she said. Now, she wants to return the favor to the school community that “gracefully invested and welcomed me into its circle.”

A small but impactful way she motivates her students is to call them “scholars.” Vento Banda heard a friend used the term, and it resonated with her. “I want children to be globally minded, lifelong learners. I also want them to know that their teachers are scholars, too. After all, children become the imprint we leave in their minds. When I refer to them as ‘scholars,’ my students’ behaviors shift, and they take pride in learning,” she said.

Vento Banda’s reach goes beyond Waco ISD. She also serves as the co-director of the Youth Chorus of Central Texas, a community choral group for 3rd to 12th graders from diverse educational and economic backgrounds. “This organization holds a special place in my heart, for I, too, was in a children’s chorus in Mexico,” Vento Banda said.

In one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “As Giselle grows, her kids grow! Music has become their passion under Ms. Vento Banda’s guidance, and they have so many more opportunities to develop their musical arts learning because of her. Her passion, courage and creativity is only highlighted by her personal desire to continue to develop as a professional music educator. Giselle is magnificent.”

Read about how the Youth Chorus of Central Texas was started

Continue reading

Velez Celina

Back to 40 Under 40

Celina Velez

Music Director
Cayuga Elementary School
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Celina Velez has devoted her career to working with Philadelphia’s Latino community. “I always want my students to feel passionately and positive about their music-making experiences,” she said.

As the music director at Cayuga Elementary School, she uses singing, movement and rhythm exercises to open the door for students to play instruments. “Singing through exercise and swaying/dancing to the rhythm of a song before playing it are critical to helping students internalize the music,” Velez said. “The more senses we use to learn something, the better the students will retain it. My students love stepping to different rhythms and challenging each other or me to a ‘rhythm off!’”

She brings guest artists and ensembles to her class and prepares her students to play alongside them. “It’s so nerve-wracking! I create mini-performance opportunities like lunch hour café shows to get the nerves out,” Velez said. “I use performance buddies — pairing a younger student with an older student for mentorship — to help keep each one accountable at concert time with instruments, costumes and other equipment.”

In addition to her work at Cayuga, Velez also is a founding member of the North Philadelphia Art Teacher’s Alliance that brings together K-12 students from area public, private and charter schools. “While schools train students and help them grow as artists, NPATA provides additional performance opportunities for participating schools by hosting collaborative concerts, festivals and art shows,” Velez said.

According to one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, “A Latina woman, Celina relates on a personal level with the students she has devoted herself to supporting. As a role model, she instills confidence, positivity and key values in her students who are often dealing with adversity.”  

Continue reading

Teed Brian

Back to 40 Under 40

Brian Teed

Director of Percussion, Associate Director of Bands
Wakeland High School
Frisco, Texas

Working backward as a teaching philosophy may have some people scratching their heads, but this approach is one that has served Brian Teed well at Wakeland High School. He explained that in order for end goals to consistently be met, staff, students and the administration must agree on the strategy and approach to reach that goal. “Music education is very much a team effort,” he said. “My students are part of the process of working backward, and they know what to expect. Students hold one another accountable in a positive manner since we are all striving to perform at our highest ability as a cohesive ensemble. It creates a sense of ownership for each member.”

In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a parent wrote, “This collective ownership of goals and expectations makes the band function like a large family. My daughter loves the feeling of being accepted and included.”

Another parent wrote, “Brian connects the dots between what students do on the field, in class and how they prepare for auditions. He has invited well-known clinicians to emphasize strategies/goals, and he has elevated the students to understand music at an advanced and intellectual level.”

Teed isn’t afraid to shake things up — he made major changes to the marching percussion program and the staff. He also added a second spring percussion ensemble concert and limited it to high school students, who “would play a little bit more challenging music and focus on new commissions or specific artists, who would work with us,” Teed said. The joint high school and middle school percussion concert was scheduled later in the spring, “which allowed the middle school students more time to work up their solos and ensembles, gave the high school students another performance opportunity, and shortened the length of our cluster concert significantly, making it more enjoyable for all performers and audience members,” Teed said.

“Kids learn differently, and Mr. Teed adjusts accordingly,” another parent wrote in a nomination letter. “He engages them in the process as they pick music, develop skills and audition for different instruments. This approach gives them a stake in the outcome and encourages life skills like problem-solving, critical thinking, goal setting and relationships.”

Read about Teed’s unconventional but effective teaching philosophy of backward planning

Continue reading

Swick Tyler

Back to 40 Under 40

Tyler Swick

Elementary Music Educator
Robert and Sandy Ellis Elementary School
Henderson, Nevada

There doesn’t seem to be enough superlatives to describe Tyler Swick’s energetic, entertaining and exhilarating teaching style. And accolades from parents and colleagues are just as numerous.  In several of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, parents called him a “musical magician” and that his “his work ethic knows no bounds when it comes to ensuring he gets a smile out of a few extra kiddos.” Another parent simply stated, “It doesn’t feel like learning when it’s this fun!”

Fun is a big part of Swick’s Orff-based music classes at Ellis Elementary attended by more than 700 students, and his growing YouTube channel, Swick’s Classroom, which has videos of catchy songs that showcase his “cutting-edge creativity and a self-taught knack for audio and video production to create highly entertaining educational material,” according to another nomination letter.

Swick said he started the channel when “I went on paternity leave and wanted my students to continue to receive high-quality Orff xylophone instruction.” The channel now has almost 3,500 subscribers and more than 500,000 total views.

“The songs and videos are vehicles to get my students engaged,” Swick said. “The lesson may be about quarter notes but that’s hidden inside of a song about spending winter on the beach. The Halloween songs really get the students amped up about October. They get so excited to see the Chihuahua that I can sneak in learning about clave rhythms, shaker technique and minor keys!”

Swick writes and records songs quickly. For example, he had the idea for the “12 Days of Google Meets” on a Wednesday night, and it was on YouTube by Friday morning. “When I’m excited about a concept, I’ll skip sleeping to get the project done,” he said. In one month, that particular video has had over 12,000 views.

In May 2020, Swick received the “Heart of Education” award by The Smith Center. He used the $1,000 prize to purchase each Ellis Elementary student a pair of drumsticks, a scarf and a shaker, items that he calls for them to use during his remote learning classes.

“We are very lucky to have Mr. Swick at Ellis Elementary. His kindness, creativity, encouragement and support are wonderful examples for my daughter — and all the students — to follow,” wrote another parent.

Read about how Swick uses YouTube as a teaching tool

Continue reading

Stinson Don

Back to 40 Under 40

Don Stinson

Director of Bands
Joliet Central High School
Joliet, Illinois

Don Stinson proves that you can go home again. Stinson is the director of bands at the high school he attended — Joliet Central High School. “I’ve thought about teaching at Joliet Central since I was 14,” he said. “Being only the fifth director in the program’s 110-year history is very daunting, but the students continue to rise to the challenge of honoring our band’s history and innovating for the next generation.”

The school’s demographics have changed since Stinson was a student there 20 years ago. It now serves a 75% low-income area with high mobility. “There may not be as much money in our population as there used to be, but we turn negatives into positives,” said Stinson, who is proud or the diversity and accomplishments of his ensembles.

Stinson has created more music-making opportunities at Joliet Central, including a second jazz ensemble, a guest artist series, a jazz lab experience and an introduction to band class. He also founded and directed the Joliet Young Musicians Mentor Band, a two-week summer program. “I ‘borrowed’ the idea of the mentor band from another school and tweaked it. By the end of the program, junior high students receive some musical instruction and our high schoolers experience some authentic leadership opportunities,” Stinson said.

On top of all of his teaching responsibilities, Stinson has a book, “Teaching Music to Students from Underserved Backgrounds,” coming out. The three key points in Stinson’s book are: 1) Money doesn’t solve all of our problems in education, effective and committed teachers are the key; 2) working to identify and combat implicit bias can help teachers help students and communities; 3) some students from low-income areas may not have the time or place to practice or focus on music outside of school; therefore, we must take the job of structuring our class time with rigor and flow seriously.

Read about how Stinson instituted a “practice-not-required” strategy at Joliet Central High School

Continue reading

Snipes Willie

Back to 40 Under 40

Willie Snipes Jr.

Director of College Bands
Miles College
Fairfield, Alabama

Imagine successfully petitioning your college’s president to start a music program, then being the first student to graduate from that program, then returning to the school six years later to be the assistant band director. That’s what Willie Snipes Jr. did! In April 2016 – on his birthday, no less – he was named the director of college bands at Miles College, becoming the youngest director in the HBCU band world. “To see music and music education majors graduate from the program that I helped start brings great joy to my heart,” Snipes said.

Miles’ award-winning bands has more than 200 members with an 85% retention rate. “I believe that my high recruitment and retention rate is due to the fact that I build a relationship of trust with my students,” Snipes said. “Many of my students are from low-income families, which I am from as well, or from broken homes — so that connection and trust are essential.” 

Building and maintaining a strong music program requires support from the community, so Snipes shows local schools and neighborhoods that “Miles Cares.” Members of the band sorority and fraternity assist local middle school and high school music directors, giving the college students teaching and leadership opportunities. Snipes and the staff promote the “horns up, guns down” campaign in local neighborhoods, help with food drives, donate instruments to local school bands, and recruit students and award them band scholarships.

In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Mr. Snipes and his students are not just champions in the band world, they are champions for education. He make sure no student is left behind by pushing education first and stepping in when a student’s grades are falling. Mr. Snipes is a teacher, leader, father, mentor, friend and a great asset to our community.”

Continue reading

Sleppy Jason

Back to 40 Under 40

Jason Sleppy

Band Director, Mason Middle School
Marching Band Director, Mason High School
Mason, Ohio

During the pandemic when in-person events, competitions and performances were cancelled across the board, Jason Sleppy did something remarkable for his band students at William Mason High School. He organized a culminating showcase performance at Indiana’s Lucas Oil Stadium to replace the end-of-the-season competition.  

“When we learned in July that the Bands of America (BOA) season would be cancelled, we immediately began investigating ways to provide a season-ending experience that met our criteria of being a world-class venue that we could safely travel to without staying overnight,” Sleppy explained. “We reached out to Lucas Oil Stadium to discover that we could rent the facility for half the cost of our typical BOA Grand Nationals trip!”

Organizing the trip required collaboration among multiple state officials and health departments, but Sleppy was determined. According to one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a former colleague wrote, “He made it a lasting memory for the Mason band family and provided closure for the seniors.”

The performance at Lucas Oil Stadium was the culmination of Sleppy’s efforts throughout the pandemic. When quarantines were mandated, “it was clear that the only way to move forward was with a leader who was willing to create a new approach and who would never give up,” a band parent wrote in another nomination letter. “Mr. Sleppy did exactly that and he did it with a smile on his face and compassion in his heart.”

Another event that Sleppy spearheaded during the pandmic was the Mason Invitational. “We teamed up with our Mason boosters to create a non-competitive event for 15 bands in our area to safely attend by redesigning the audience and band flow to allow for social distancing,” he said. “A panel of national clinicians provided feedback, and we had amazingly positive responses from the parents, directors and students who attended.”

Sleppy is pragmatic and positive in reflecting on the last year. “Life consists of constant challenges, and you have to make an active decision to not have a pessimistic view. Challenges are a catalyst and opportunity to grow and change for better,” he said.

Continue reading

Schaffer Doug

Back to 40 Under 40

Doug Schaffer

Director of Bands
Mark Twain Junior/Senior High School
Center, Missouri

In August 2019, Doug Schaffer “marched in and brought a program to life,” according to a band parent in one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters. Schaffer recommended a three-week fine arts exploratory class where 6th graders can experience art and band so they can choose which fine arts class they want to continue. “Since implementing the class, our beginning band number shot up with 60% of them joining band,” he said.

Schaffer also started a junior high marching band to increase the retention rate from 8th grade to high school. “The band performs at two local and one away parade every year to give them a taste of high school. After the first year of the junior high band, we saw 100% retention,” Schaffer said.

Despite the pandemic, the district hosted the first Mark Twain Invitational Band Festival with 12 bands participating in a parade and a field show competition. “My kids showed incredible resiliency by still being able to put together a show and compete,” Schaffer said. “There were several schedule changes, as well as cancelled rehearsals, but the kids still brought their best to the festival, and honestly the whole season.”

On top of the remarkable growth of the music programs at both Mark Twain Junior High School and Mark Twain High School, Schaffer also designed the marching band and fall color guard uniforms. “I do the program coordinating for all of our shows, as well as all the drill and music arrangements. I really love putting together a product each year that is custom made for our group,” he said.

In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a former coworker wrote, “Mr. Schaffer’s enthusiasm is contagious. He is proud to be a Tiger, and we are proud to have him.”

Read about how Schaffer started the three-week fine arts exploratory class at Ralls County Elementary

Continue reading

Sahely Megan

Back to 40 Under 40

Megan Sahely

Director of Orchestras
Leon High School and Raa Middle School
Tallahassee, Florida

Music educators are known for juggling multiple priorities, but Dr. Megan Sahely takes it to another level. As the orchestra director at Raa Middle School, a performer with five local orchestras, a private violin teacher and a board member of the Florida Orchestra Association, her plate was already full. But when the orchestra at one of the high schools in her district was in a tight spot with no director, Sahely stepped in and asked to work at both the middle school and high school. Even with the added difficulties caused by the pandemic, both programs are thriving.

Sahely and her fellow educators are teaching in-person and virtual classes. Despite technical difficulties like bad wifi and lack of proper equipment for students, Sahely is dedicated to holding in-person and digital rehearsals (using Zoom breakout rooms) with all of her students. In one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Even through these difficult teaching moments, Dr. Sahely continues to encourage and educate while instilling a love and passion for music in her students.”

Sahely was more than willing to sacrifice her time and some performance opportunities to take on additional responsibilities at Leon High School because of her passion for teaching. “Earlier this year, one of my students shared with me that he would like to major in music education and teach orchestra someday,” she said. “This was an extremely rewarding moment, as it reminded me that what we do as teachers truly impacts not only our current students, but future generations.”

Continue reading

Paschke Becky

Back to 40 Under 40

Becky Paschke

Instrumental Music Director
D’Evelyn Junior/Senior High School
Denver, Colorado

An extraordinary performance opportunity happened in early 2021 for the D’Evelyn Junior/Senior High School marching band — they performed during the virtual Parade Across America for the presidential inauguration on January 20!

Creating memories like this is what makes Becky Paschke such a positive music educator. In one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Becky Paschke is nothing less than AMAZING! Each year, she outdoes the previous year’s performance, and we are left with our jaws on the floor with what she has accomplished.”

D’Evelyn had a history of success before Paschke came to the school, and with consistent high-quality performances under her leadership, Paschke moved the band from 2A to 3A division. “My goal for the band is to focus on what we can do better each day — not to worry about what other bands are doing,” she said. “We always perform for the audience in our mind and make sure we are memorable. When the performance is over, we all ask ourselves, ‘Was this the best I could have done?’ ‘How can I improve?’ ‘Did the audience love it?’”  

Paschke incorporates innovative techniques to make band more relevant and fun. For example, she brought in her vocal colleague to work with the band on singing technique. “I knew that there is no better way to improve intonation than by singing,” she said. “We take those listening skills to our instruments, and our overall sound and intonation has improved so much!”

Paschke is also a board member of the D’Evelyn Education Foundation. This group of dedicated parents, community members and faculty support the academics, activites and athletics at the school. “This foundation has raised money to purchase new instruments and equipment that have allowed for the band to double in size over the past five years,” she said. 

When music programs were defunded or canceled at other schools, Paschke welcomed those students to join D’Evelyn’s band. One student wrote, “For me personally, Mrs. Paschke has instilled a passion for music and the drive to be the best at music as I can be, which has inspired me to pursue music as a career.”

Continue reading

Nagy Phil

Back to 40 Under 40

Phil Nagy

Music Teacher
McVey Innovative Learning Center (Part of Hilliard City Schools)
Hilliard, Ohio

The Innovation Campus of Hilliard City Schools offers specialized and unique learning opportunities for the district’s 7th-12th grade students. Phil Nagy teaches Academy Vibe classes, which are designed to “infuse audio and video production into one offering” for high school students.

“Our intro course exposes students to the basics of songwriting, audio recording/production, story/message creation, video production and editing,” Nagy explained. “The final project is writing and recording an original song and then shooting and editing a music video for that song — with professional-grade gear and software. I teach all of the music stuff associated with that and have a co-teacher who handles the video stuff.”

The advanced Academy Vibe class focuses on “voice and choice” where students select what they want to work on, and Nagy and his co-teacher advise along the way. 

“Seeing students share their soul, in the form of original composition, is just awesome,” Nagy said. “Whether it’s a recording we put out there for people to hear or a live performance (pre-COVID), it’s just awesome to be a part of their creative outpouring!” 

Nagy works closely with the middle school and high school directors because the goal of Academy Vibe is to enhance students’ music education, not replace the music offerings at their home campus. This collaborative spirit was emphasized in one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, in which a colleague wrote, “What sticks out most to me is how Phil Nagy and his students are extremely effective at coordinating their recording program with the rest of the district K-12 music programs, providing recording services for concerts and performances. Our district’s entire music department — in fact, the entire district — is better due in large part to his willingness to work with everyone to help them achieve their goals.”

Continue reading

Moreland Steve

Back to 40 Under 40

Steve Moreland

Director of Fine Arts
St. Michael’s Catholic Academy
Austin, Texas

If you thought that the music program at a parochial school like St. Michael’s Catholic Academy would solely be focused on traditional and classical music, you would be wrong. St. Michael’s uses popular music education as its primary curriculum — the only school in Texas to do so — thanks in large part to Steve Moreland.

According to one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a student wrote, “Just imagine ‘School of Rock,’ but 10 times better” in describing the program Moreland has created and implemented. The Modern Band Lab course, which was developed in collaboration with a nonprofit organization, is “reimaging what high school music education can look like,” Moreland said. The lab involves nine student bands, and one of its more ambitious goals is to create a student-run record label. “Students learn how to take an idea from conception and work all the way through to distribution — the ultimate project-management lesson,” he said. “Our students have been working on original music since January 2019, and they have formed the executive teams for the label and are gearing up for the official launch this spring.”   

St. Michael’s has numerous bands that students can join including Praise Band that perform at chapel services, extracurricular pop/rock/country CruBands (or Crusader Bands) that can be seen at football games and pep rallies, Drumline, Varsity Symphony that fuses popular music and technology, and Tech Crew that handles the sound and recording equipment.

St. Michael’s also has a Music Leadership Team of 10 to 15 students that help plan, organize and host on-campus concerts.

One of his students wrote, “Mr. Moreland pushes us to be not only better musicians, but better students and better people.”

Read about how Moreland started the popular music curriculum at St. Michael’s Catholic Academy

Continue reading

Moore Matthew

Back to 40 Under 40

Matt Moore

Associate Band Director/Director of Percussion
V.R. Eaton High School
Haslet, Texas

Just prior to the pandemic, some of Matt Moore’s percussion students at V.R. Eaton High School were selected as winners of the Percussive Arts Society’s “International Percussion Ensemble Competition.” But instead of preparing to travel to PASIC to perform a showcase concert in the fall, schools around the country shut down and conferences, including PASIC, were either cancelled or moved to a virtual format. (Moore’s students performed at the 2021 event.)

Moore immediately realized that not having live musical performances would have a profound negative effect. “Very early on in the pandemic, I put together a social-distanced marimba choir project to help connect percussionists during a very strange time when we were all suddenly home and without live music,” he said. “I received 111 submissions from percussionists all over the world! Middle school to professional level, including a handful of my EHS kids.” The video of the compilation showcases the talent of all the participants.

Thanks to his technical skills, Moore continues to connect with his percussion students through virtual classes with engaging digital content, and he helps them maintain and improve their musical proficiency. In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Matt’s professional and approachable demeanor have fostered an environment that students thrive in.”

Already a music educator, composer and arranger, Moore decided to add entrepreneur to his list of jobs. He launched Waveform Percussion with Luke Vogt, his percussion co-teacher at Eaton. They incorporate electronic media into percussion education to create music that’s fun to play. “We hope to engage students in a way that meets them where they are — always an arm’s length away from their phone and earbuds and possibly learning remotely from home,” Moore said. “The music is curriculum based and educationally focused, and it’s flexible enough to be used by students in whichever learning environment they’re in.”

Read about Moore and his percussion ensemble’s the long road to perform at the PASIC.

Continue reading

Matchim David

Back to 40 Under 40

David Matchim

Director of Bands
Centennial High School
Ellicott City, Maryland

David Matchim checks all the boxes when it comes to being an impactful and inspiration educator. So it wasn’t surprising to learn that his students at Centennial High School did not let the pandemic stop them from performing. “These are tough times, but our students are flexible, resilient and enthusiastic,” Matchim said. “During the one-week virtual marching band camp at the end of summer, they worked hard to preserve the strong community we have established. They are recording and producing amazing recordings. I’m proud of their grit — their ability to find solutions and persevere.”

Together they produced a virtual show, which was a true team effort with “student leaders teaching during sectional breakouts, the visual team teaching choreography virtually, students sending in recorded video and audio, and in-house directors editing all the pieces together,” Matchim said.

Another area where Matchim encourages teamwork is community outreach. He helped to revitalize the Tri-M Music Honor Society, which has grown to over 150 students. “These student volunteers are always seeking opportunities to support the music community,” Matchim said. “Even in the virtual world, they are sharing performances with nursing homes and providing tutorial videos to younger musicians in our feeder system.”  

Inside the classroom, Matchim and his fellow band director make thoughtful repertoire selections showcase diversity and inclusivity. Last year, his band performed Julie Giroux’s “Bookmarks from Japan” and Arturo Marquez’ “Danzon No. 2, and this fall, they performed Scott Joplin’s “Sunflower Slow Drag” virtually. “Like most organizations, we are reflecting and recognize that we need to do better,” he said. We are working with our students to find pieces that ‘speak’ to them and their diverse backgrounds.”

Under Matchim’s leadership, the music program has more than doubled with 600+ students participating. “While I wish I could take credit for the growth in our music program, it takes a village,” he said modestly. He credits an “amazing” feeder system, a supportive administration and parent community, his band director colleague James Kranz and a dedicated team of music teachers. “We work together with our choir and orchestra colleagues to give our students a great musical experience. We’re a family. We feel it, and the students do, too.”

Continue reading

Martindale Matthew

Back to 40 Under 40

Matthew Martindale

Director of Bands
Shelby County High School and Columbiana Middle School
Columbiana, Alabama

Matthew Martindale felt the pressure of taking over the Pride of Shelby County Marching Band — a program with a storied history — and replacing a director who retired after more than 20 years. “The students and community truly embraced me,” he said. “I knew this was going to be a special place when a senior trombone player said, ‘Welcome to the family,’ early in the school year. As the year progressed, the students started calling me ‘Martindad,’ and our teacher/student relationships continued to grow.”

Even though the Pride of Shelby County is the oldest band in the county, it is also the smallest and was in need up many upgrades. In his first year, Martindale wanted to get new uniforms, which were 18 years old. He worked with the boosters to fund a portion of the cost. Then he launched a capital campaign and secured sponsorships that brought in more than $15,000, which was enough to purchase uniforms.

He also received two major grants totaling $22,500 to buy and repair instruments for the middle school beginner band program. “This will allow our beginner band students to participate for free for many years to come,” Martindale said. “This increased enrollment in band across both Columbiana Middle School and Shelby County High School.”

During his second year, Martindale changed the music the band performed from classic rock to a completely different Dia De Muertos half time program he created, which “introduced the students and our small rural community to this Spanish style of music and pageantry. This creative move won the band recognition as ‘Best in Class’ in all categories at a competition that year,” wrote a parent in one of Martindale’s “40 Under 40” nomination letters.  

After winning, his students continued to improve and “at our last competition, we were not victorious, but all their scores had increased dramatically,” Martindale said. Even though there wasn’t a trophy, his students believed they had won. “If you can get your students to realize that competition is only one aspect of growth and that improvement is more important, then you can be happy as a director,” he said.

Read about how Martindale transformed the music program at Shelby County High School

Continue reading

Lipman Jarrett

Back to 40 Under 40

Jarrett Lipman

Director of Bands
Claudia Taylor “Lady Bird” Johnson High School
San Antonio, Texas

Jarrett Lipman has a term for a teacher’s selflessness in engaging and empowering his students: Servant leadership, which “means committing oneself wholly to improving the lives of your students, peers and community,” he said. “It means prioritizing the welfare and needs of your students over your own career goals and teaching your students to share their gifts and talents with others in order to make a positive impact on the world.”

And students, parents and colleagues recognize and appreciate Lipman’s teaching perspective. “I am both excited and proud to see not just the music and performances that Jarrett teaches our children but the life lessons and personal growth they glean from his approach to the music arts and being a better member of the community,” wrote a band parent in one of Lipman’s “40 Under 40” nomination letters.

Lipman started at Claudia Taylor “Lady Bird” Johnson High School when it opened in 2008. “The best thing about teaching at a new school is that you get to help build and shape the culture of the campus from scratch. The sky is the limit,” he said.

However, Lipman acknowledges that this pro can also be a con because you “must demonstrate tremendous patience through the years waiting for the cultures and players to develop. Like any great meal or project, it takes time and a willingness to see it through until the end.”

His patience has paid off — his music program currently has more than 350 members. “We see band at Johnson as a 6th through 12th grade journey,” Lipman said. “Building relationships with students during their formative years on their instruments keep them in band through high school. In high school, we work to find that careful balance between challenging them through high standards and providing them with once-in-a-lifetime musical experiences.”  

The school’s namesake, Lady Bird Johnson, once said, “Children are apt to live up to what you believe of them.” Lipman takes these words to heart. In another nomination letter, a colleague wrote, “Not only does Mr. Lipman continue to push the envelope when it comes to visual and musical design on the field, he always takes time to help others in need.”

Read about the incredible 10-year growth of the Johnson High School band program that required getting approval and funding for a second band hall. 

Continue reading

Kaflik Chris

Back to 40 Under 40

Chris Kaflik

Director of Bands
Brownsburg High School
Brownsburg, Indiana

Chris Kaflik knows the power of being a student-centered educator because he admits that at the beginning of his career, he wasn’t one. “If you are not student-centered, you might be in education for the wrong reason,” he said. “The earliest years of my teaching — in drum corps, high school marching bands, etc. — was not as focused on the students. It was more about me. I learned from that pretty quickly.”   

Kaflik also stresses the importance of remembering how you felt as a high school student and what you thought about certain topics. “I was not always the most talented student in my high school, college ensembles or drum corps. I struggled in some areas,” Kaflik recalled. “Remembering how it felt to overcome certain struggles and now recognizing that in my current students has helped my teaching and my relationships with my students.”

How he connects with students at Brownsburg High School is definitely one of his strengths. In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Instead of directionless teaching, Chris has added intention behind his teaching and helped students understand why they do what they do. He has been able to guide students to improve themselves as people first before improving as a musician.” In another nomination letter, a student described Kaflik as “awesome — a first-round draft pick for sure!”

When Kaflik started at Brownsburg, one area he focused on was recruitment and retention. “We want to give students music that will challenge them and stretch their abilities, but we also make sure they are going to feel like rock stars when it comes to performance,” he said. “In marching band, I think the design is a big factor in recruitment and retention. We always want to do something unique and ‘cool’ that will intrigue middle school students, non-band high school students and any audience member to say, ‘I want to be a part of that.’”    

Winning competitions isn’t everything, but in four years, Kaflik has taken Browsburg to the Indiana State Finals and the Bands of America Grand Nationals. “To say it was a turnaround would be an understatement,” a colleague wrote in another nomination letter. “Chris would be quick in giving the credit to a lot of other people, but without his leadership, it would not have happened.”

Continue reading

Jimenez Eric

Back to 40 Under 40

Eric Jimenez

Assistant Director of Bands
Prairie View A&M University
Prairie View, Texas

Eric Jimenez started his musical career working at various schools in the Houston Independent School District and soon earned a reputation for reviving and growing middle school and high school music programs.

But according to one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, “His most notable and farthest-reaching accomplishment is his work on ‘The Score’ podcast.”

Launched in 2019 by Jimenez and his former coworker, Justin McLean, “The Score” was created from “our authentic and nuanced conversations when we were band directors as Heights High School,” Jimenez said. “We hope to provide positive and exemplar stories of educators serving minoritized students.”

And they are doing just that. Reviews of the podcast call it “essential listening,” “in one word, AMAZING,” “eye-opening,” “a great resource” and “a real gem.”  

The podcast’s focus is on urban music education and topics covered by Jimenez and McLean run the gamut from systemic bias and “white fragility” within music education to “othering” from the perspective of the oppressed and oppressor.

“The Score” is part of their broader mission called the Revival Music Project that “aims to provide resources to educators in urban music education settings,” Jimenez said. In addition to the podcast, Jimenez and McLean offer clinics, presentations and lectures to school districts, teachers and universities.

Currently the assistant director of bands at his alma mater, Prairie View A&M University, Jimenez keeps in touch with many of his former middle school and high school students. “My proudest moments as a music educator is when I get to see my former students graduate from college. Many of them would not have had access to higher education without receiving a scholarship through their musical involvement.”

Continue reading

Irish David

Back to 40 Under 40

David Irish

Director of Orchestras, Associate Director of Concert Bands
Palo Verde High School
Las Vegas, Nevada

David Irish isn’t afraid to take risks. He changed the focus of Palo Verde High School’s music program to be “concert-centric,” which was criticized at first, but then commended in the years that followed. “Our focus at Palo Verde is on the standard repertoire that made us fall in love with music,” he explained. “We choose to focus on 30- to 40-minute concerts instead of a competitive marching show. While we still provide our community with a collegiate-style show band, we emphasize falling in love with concert music over competition.”

According to one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Mr. Irish’s creative idea for establishing a concert-centric program has drawn the focus away from competitive results and re-focused on individual student success.” This move has had some financial benefits as well, with graduating seniors earning scholarships that increased tenfold from $10,000 per year to $100,000.

Under his leadership, the enrollment in orchestra has tripled. “Passion, energy and high expectations bring students to our program and keep them engaged,” Irish said. “We bring our feeder schools in each year to perform at a pre-festival concert.  If students don’t know what the next step is, they may never walk in the door.”

Irish finds way to engage his music students. Through a partnership with the Nevada School of the Arts, he instituted a weekly masterclass for strings on each instrument for the orchestra program — the first of its kind in Las Vegas. He also started a vigorous solo and ensemble program and in an innovative community outreach effort, he coordinated grand finale concerts with the local public library. He formed a full symphony orchestra at Palo Verde and created a class for year-round comprehensive symphonic orchestra curriculum.

He also co-hosted the inaugural Las Vegas Concert Band Festival, an affiliate of the Music for All National Festival, which “offers nationally renowned evaluators, an unrated, non-competitive environment, a 45-minute clinic and a peer-based audience block,” Irish said.

In another nomination letter, a former colleague wrote, “David’s teaching style went beyond just teaching the notes and maybe the history of the music. He taught students to feel the music and how to transfer the emotion of that music to the audience.”

Continue reading

Gibb-Clark Andrew

Back to 40 Under 40

Andrew Gibb-Clark

Director of Choral Activities, Fine Arts Department Chair
Highland High School
Highland, Illinois

Imagine being two weeks from opening night of your big spring musical production of “The Little Mermaid” when the entire state goes into lockdown because of the coronavirus. Andrew Gibb-Clark had spent the entire budget on the show and he knew that if his choral program was to continue, he had to have a performance in the fall. He received a list of mitigations from the Illinois Department of Public Health that had to be followed for all school activities, and brainstormed with the production team on how they could do the show. “We landed on a drive-in with students performing live inside, and the audience in their cars across the street, enjoying a drive-in movie style musical,” Gibb-Clark said.

The video feed of the students was projected on a large 11×22-foot screen in the parking lot and sound was transmitted through each car’s radio.

“The show went amazingly well and was well attended by the community,” Gibb-Clark said. “I am extremely proud of what my students were able to accomplish putting the show together in only a week!”

“The Little Mermaid” is just one example of how Gibb-Clark has impacted the choral program at Highland High School, which has grown by 50% under his leadership. In his first year, he added a show choir to Highland’s choir lineup that consisted of a capella, mixed, madrigal and chamber choirs. “The show choir started with student interest,” he said. “I told them that I would do whatever I could to get it started.” That meant meeting with other show choir directors and administrators, doing a lot of research, writing an action plan and presenting it to the school board.  “The school board agreed to provide the funds to purchase the necessary equipment to start the program, which has grown every year — providing another performance opportunity for our students,” Gibb-Clark said.

In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote,” Mr. Gibb-Clark’s ‘the-show-must-go-on’ attitude shows his unselfish caring toward his students.”

Read about how Gibb-Clark started the show choir at Highland High School.

Continue reading

Garfield Willie

Back to 40 Under 40

Willie Garfield

CEO
Garfield Institute of Music
Memphis, Tennessee

When Willie Garfield was 13 years old, he started a community drumline with a few of his junior high marching bandmates. “That’s when I realized that I wanted to be a music instructor,” he said. “I wanted to create my own program where I could instruct, perform and demonstrate my talents. That was when the Garfield Institute of Music was born.”

And Garfield hasn’t slowed down since. He negotiated contracts with public and charter schools and community organizations in Memphis and opened the first Garfield Institute of Music there. In addition to music, the institute offers classes in dance, arts, STEM (science, technology, engineering, math) and leadership.

Garfield soon expanded to Columbia, South Carolina, and he hopes to open Garfield Institutes of Music in Orlando and Atlanta soon.

Garfield has been a strong advocate for music education and a community leader by providing access to music to underserved youth. During the pandemic, Garfield still operated his school, offering classes for free and following proper safety protocols. His school even offered to pick up students and carpool with parents so children could attend music classes.

In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Willie has led by being among the finest examples of a true professional in music education. He has fought against adversity, obstacles and a pandemic that has not only taken the lives of our loved ones but affected the growth of music education. … and he hasn’t complained one time about compensation.”

Another colleague wrote, “He has gone the extra mile to make sure the fundamentals of music education didn’t pause because of the pandemic. … He has imprinted greatness, discipline, dedication and growth in the community by keeping music alive during a pandemic and not giving up.”   

Garfield knows the lifelong positive effects of music education. “My proudest moments as a music educator is when I see my students follow my path and carry the wisdom and experience they have gained from me,” he said. “I never had the support system or mentors like many educators. I traveled that road alone, being fearless in the eyes of my peers, but this ’40 Under 40′ recognition gives me the courage to stand strong.”

Continue reading

Gamon Michael

Back to 40 Under 40

Michael Gamon

Fine and Performing Arts Chair, Center for Creative Arts Director
Harrisburg Academy
Wormleysburg, Pennsylvania

Harrisburg Academy, a private preschool-12th college preparatory day school, has a long and rich history that dates back to 1784. When Michael Gamon began at the academy in 2012, he wanted to grow the already strong music program. He pushed to make strings an integral part of the academy’s music program, and violin became a required course for elementary school students. Realizing that some students simply weren’t interested in playing the violin, Gamon came up with an incredibly innovative and thoroughly modern way to engage all of his students — he created a role-playing game similar to Dungeons and Dragons!

He converted the curriculum into a series of quests and challenges. The game is called “Novice to Ninja” and encompasses seven books that students explore from year to year. Because this is the first year, only Book 1 has been revealed. “Musical selections became a way to cast spells, and our skillful execution determines our success as a class,” Gamon explained. “Technique and scales have become ways to break spells, solve riddles or gain the necessary skills to increase our power.”

Gamon oversaw the building of set pieces of the game’s land of Vitula (the old Latin word from which violin is thought to have derived) as well as a website. He later introduced miniature figures to the game — all of this added to the action and excitement of the story, which motivates students to be engaged and prepared. “Role-playing games are not about winning — they’re about a communal experience,” Gamon said. “Because solving the challenges is as much about applying the correct information at the correct time as performing well, everyone has something to contribute.”

Not surprisingly, the response from students has been overwhelmingly positive with “students drawing connections between logic, literature, science and music,” Gamon said. “My advanced students have been active mentors to other students because the focus of the game is on the skill of an entire class, not an individual’s success or failure.” 

Read more about how Gamon created the world of Vitula around his violin curriculum

Also see how Gamon uses his personal values to help him juggle his workload.

Continue reading

Fields Carmen

Back to 40 Under 40

Carmen Fields

Choir and General Music Teacher
Edgewood Middle School
Trenton, Ohio

Instead of waiting to be told how and when in-person instruction could resume during the pandemic, Carmen Fields went into action. “When initial news reports linked an early coronavirus outbreak to a choir rehearsal, every music teacher knew we were in trouble,” she said.

Fields and her husband, Nick, who is the band director at Edgewood Middle School, read every report they could find on aerosolization of particles, participated in webinars and researched the square footage of different spaces at their schools. “We constructed a plan that met Butler County Health Department requirements and CDC guidelines,” Fields said. “We addressed how we could teach without performance in-person and remotely. We also included safe options for performance practice.”

Luckily, their administrators, recognizing the importance of music during the pandemic, offered outdoor classrooms as weather permitted and large spaces within the school for safe, socially distanced performance practice.

Even before the pandemic, Fields’ music classes were extremely popular with nearly a quarter of the student population enrolled in them. And she maintains a retention rate of well over 90 percent. In one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, Fields is described as an “exemplary” educator who “connects with each student and employs innovative learning techniques.”

Because Edgewood Middle School is in a small rural area, going to see live performances is not an option, so Fields started “Theatrical Thursdays” and “Fundamental Fridays” to bring more curriculum-based learning into the choir room. “By using quality recordings and examples, my students are able to travel virtually to these wonderful opportunities. Without realizing it, they are learning theory and advanced technique,” Fields said.

Fields also started a middle school show choir called Overtures with the choir director at the high school. “We gauged the support of parents and community and then drafted a proposal showing the need for such a program,” she said. “More than 100 students tried out for the 40 spots that first year, and we were off and running.”

Read Fields’ tips for succeeding as a music educator in a rural setting

Continue reading

DiMassimo Christopher

Back to 40 Under 40

Christopher DiMassimo

Assistant Director of Bands, Guitar Teacher
Rachel Carson Middle School
Herndon, Virginia

Reflection is a big part of Christopher DiMassimo’s teaching approach and one of his greatest strengths as an educator. “After each class, I go back to the drawing table and hit it hard to reflect on what worked, what students need to be more successful in the next rehearsal, and how I can ensure that they continue to improve during our next class period,” he said

In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Chris is equal parts curious, self-motivated and humble. He is never afraid to ask questions to ensure that he understands the components in a project or a lesson.” Another colleague wrote, “Chris’ first concern in any decision he makes is ‘how will this impact my students?’”

DiMassimo already integrated technology into his classroom presentations at Rachel Carson Middle School, so moving to a virtual learning environment during the pandemic did not slow him down. In fact, he was selected to be on the curriculum team last summer to help develop distance learning materials for elementary, middle and high school band directors because the 2020-2021 school year would start remotely. The team worked with the U.S. Army Band “Pershing’s Own” to “request the development of videos to assist beginning band students learn their new instruments,” DiMassimo said.

DiMassimo always looks for ways to connect with his students and develop “an authentic, genuine connection,” he said. “Hard work is tough to sell these days, but the pursuit of creating beautiful music together, working diligently toward common goals, and experiencing the payout makes it all worth it! I’ve found that anything I can do to ensure success and satisfaction along the way makes all the difference for students to remain engaged and committed through the ups and downs in our journey.”

He also asks for input from his students, especially since the pandemic started. “This is critical, especially during a time of distance learning,” DiMassimo said. “Encouraging honest, thoughtful feedback through surveys and informal check-ins is a great way to figure out if any of your students are feeling lost, overwhelmed, underwhelmed or unmotivated, and to take action to reach each of them.”

He is happy to share his knowledge and experiences with other educators as well. Along with his mentor, Dr. Arris Golden, DiMassimo co-wrote a two-part article in the North Carolina Music Educator Journal about best practices for student teachers and mentor teachers. “This period of development in a teacher’s career can be a game changer,” he said. “Developing clear communication and a strong, honest and trustful relationship can make all the difference in ensuring a successful student teaching experience for both parties.”

Continue reading

Cox Tiffany

Back to 40 Under 40

Tiffany Cox

Director of Bands
Lake Worth Community High School
Lake Worth Beach, Florida

Dr. Tiffany Cox teaches a lot more than music at Lake Worth Community High School, a Title I school. From her doctoral studies and dissertation research on the discrepancies in music education based on gender and race, she is aware of the achievement and opportunity gaps between low-income students and their more affluent peers. “I encourage my students to take a leadership role in their own educational experiences within and outside of the band room. They are encouraged to identify sources of injustice in their lives and to investigate solutions to improve life for themselves, their families and the community.”

Mental health is another area that Cox has prioritized. She implemented routine mindfulness practice and yoga for her students, and she facilitates a close relationship with the school’s mental health counselor. Most importantly, Cox has worked to tear down the stigma of seeking help and to create a safe space where students can discuss their concerns and hardships. “Students are able to seek help from peers and instructional staff before mental health concerns escalate to a dangerous place,” Cox said. 

When Cox, or “Dr. Ms. C.” as her students call her, started at Lake Worth, there were only nine band members. She immediately sought out grants and DonorsChoose donations to support her program and to make music more accessible. She now has nearly 100 students from different backgrounds and playing skills.

Cox recalls how she felt after her band’s first music performance. “The feeling was an overwhelming wave of pride, happiness and, honestly, just sheer joy,” she said. “I felt the same thing after we earned our first superior medal and first place trophy. Now, in the midst of Covid-19, I feel the same feeling as I see my students persevering through incredible hardships in an effort to keep music alive in their hearts.”

Read about Cox’s transformative and untiring efforts to provide access to music for the young musicians in her district.  

Continue reading

Cox Lydia

Back to 40 Under 40

Lydia Cox

Chorus and Digital Music Teacher
Crosby Middle School
Louisville, Kentucky

As part of the STEAM (science, technology, engineering, arts and math) program at Crosby Middle School, Lydia Cox takes a unique approach to teaching music. “The entire STEAM program focuses on innovation and individualized learning,” she said. “Students in my digital music class experience trial, error and reflection through daily exploration of the elements of music using technology. They apply STEAM knowledge and processes through creating podcasts, composing music, and recording and manipulating sounds.”

Beyond her work with the STEAM team, Cox creates a classroom environment that is positive and welcoming. According to one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Ms. Cox instills confidence in each of her students. Many come to her without having any prior knowledge regarding signing or music in general. She is creative in her approach to the curriculum and relating it to our students’ lives. Students have an immense appreciation for her as a teacher, and trust her. They truly know she cares about them as singers and, more importantly, as people.”

Cox finds way to embed music into the everyday operations of the school. For example, she invites school staff to attend informal concerts during choir class where students perform some of their favorite warm-ups and excerpts from the pieces they have been rehearsing. “We have even been known to pile into our principal’s office to sing ‘Happy Birthday’ to her,” Cox said.

Her music program also participates in elementary school performance tours and an annual Veteran’s Day program. “I believe that every student in the classroom should be given opportunities to build relationships within their ensemble, create memories and share their growth. And involving our entire school community is a great way to do that,” she said.  

“Singing is such a vulnerable act because it requires students to share a part of themselves, and it is so meaningful when students with different backgrounds, learning styles and values can work together toward a common goal through performance,” she said.

Read about how Cox promotes self-esteem and self-discovery in her choir and digital music classes

Continue reading

Cooney Megan

Back to 40 Under 40

Megan Cooney

Director of Athletic Bands, Associate Director of Bands
St. Ambrose University
Davenport, Iowa

When Megan Cooney was hired at St. Ambrose University in 2015, she was tasked with an exciting challenge: start a collegiate marching band program from scratch. “Every aspect of our program has been built by me. I designed the uniforms; we lined every field; we created every student body chant or cheer; my students and I built every instrument storage unit; we take every photo and video; we create every social media post, graphic and audio recording; I assembled every instrument; I built and towed every trailer; I carried every large purchase across campus,” she said. But Cooney wouldn’t have it any other way because teaching students the responsibility of helping to run the music program gives them real-world skills and a sense of ownership regardless of their majors.

In one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “The success of the St. Ambrose athletic bands has been awe-inspiring, and the connections Megan has made with her students and high school students in the state of Iowa is nothing short of amazing.”  

Every year, Cooney has added new components to the program, such as additional scholarships, new student leadership positions and new programs like the indoor marching arts ensembles. Although the pandemic stalled some of her plans, she has ambitious goals for the coming years. “Once we get through coronavirus, I want to get back on track with performance preparation, continue to strengthen our student leadership program, create additional part-time staffing positions and begin building our two new competitive WGI programs for indoor percussion and winter guard,” Cooney said.

She also manages to find time for community outreach. Cooney has presented clinics and recruited from area high schools, and she has collaborated with other universities that are interested in how she started St. Ambrose’s music program.

Continue reading

Cooley Kevin

Back to 40 Under 40

Kevin Cooley

High School Band, AP Music Theory and Digital Audio Production Instructor
Platteville High School
Platteville, Wisconsin

It seems fitting that the word “cool” is in Kevin Cooley’s name. He is constantly coming up with ideas to grow and improve the music program at Platteville High School. One creative concept that he introduced to students is to “fail harder.” Cooley explained that one of his former teachers used that mantra during a concert cycle and it stuck with him. “Failure is such an important step in learning, but we tend to shy away from it, which ironically leads to more failure,” he said.

Another concept he adapted from his undergraduate studies is “ensembleship,” which is understanding what a musician’s job is in the ensemble. Cooley explained, “I teach my kids to focus on four questions: 1) What is my job? 2) What is my section’s job? 3) What is the ensemble’s job? 4) How do these jobs relate?”

Jazz is a key part of Cooley’s music program. Under his tenure, Platteville’s jazz program has grown and now consists of two full jazz bands and an annual jazz night fundraiser. The jazz bands regularly traveled to jazz festivals prior to the pandemic, and Cooley invites jazz clinicians to his classes. “Jazz offers a more authentic opportunity to explore the creative process for a modern musician,” Cooley said. “Improvising, reading lead sheets, attempting to recreate a specific sound and learning how to communicate with your group verbally and non-verbally are critical skills for students who want to continue their musical pursuits in a less academic setting after high school.”

In one of his “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Kevin’s energy and ideas are contagious! From directing the musical pit, to starting a department-wide jazz fundraiser, to securing several grants to build a digital music lab and recording studio, Kevin has been the engine behind the ideas.”

Read about how Cooley embraced “intellectual discomfort” to expand the musical offerings at  Platteville High School

Continue reading

Campos Jacob

Back to 40 Under 40

Jacob Campos

Director of Bands
Franklin High School
Franklin, Tennessee

Jacob Campos, who has been described as a rising star in the band world, didn’t let the pandemic stop him from introducing his band program to elementary and middle school students. He created a drive-through Band Safari that allowed parents and students to see different “safari exhibits” — instrument sections with Franklin High School band members dressed in animal print clothing and playing tunes along the route. Prospective band students were introduced to each instrument in a unique and fun way.

Another drive-through event that Campos spearheaded was a Halloween event where the “elementary students from all of our cluster schools watched our students perform Halloween music while parents handed out candy,” he said. “We had a massive audience, so much so that we accidentally shut down traffice to our school for a mile and a half in both directions. We may have advertised our trick-or-treat event too well!”

When all performance opportunities were cancelled because of the coronavirus, Campos organized “march-a-thons” where his band students performed for the local community. “We took our marching program and turned it into a Macy’s Parade-like performance to take on the road to several of our neighborhoods,” he explained. “We met with city officials and HOAs (home owners associations) to plan safe, socially distanced events. We also stopped in front of several veterans’ homes to honor them by performing their military branch tunes.”

In one of Campos’ “40 Under 40” nomination letters, a colleague wrote, “Like finding a path through a maze, Jacob worked tirelessly to create a plan for rehearsals that would continue to develop the fundamental and pedagogic skills required for excellent student musicianship, while demonstrating great care for students’ social and emotional learning and their physical health in a global pandemic.”

Continue reading

Busch Erin

Back to 40 Under 40

Erin Busch

Executive Director
Young Women Composers
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

In 2018, cellist and composer Erin Busch founded the Young Women Composers Camp (YWCC), a summer camp at Temple University for female and nonbinary students between the ages of 14 and 19. During the two-week camp, students participate in college-level courses and masterclasses with guest composers, and they compose a musical piece for the resident ensemble.

With the pandemic, Busch modified the 2020 camp to be virtual. “The biggest change was shortening our day to last approximately 3 hours — rather than 8 — to cut back on screen time,” Busch said. “We hired individual performers for our students to compose for [instead of an ensemble], so each student wrote for a solo instrument. Finally, we added optional ‘after-hours’ events for students who wished to spend a bit more time together.”

Busch regularly writes letters of recommendation for YWCC alumni and connects them with professionals or organizations that can help them further develop as composers. Feedback from a student who attended this year’s camp captures the impact Busch has had: “[This camp] really changed how I think about composing, and how I believe in myself. I never realized how valuable it was … to know there are other girls and folks out there who are my age, and who compose! I can’t express how priceless this opportunity was to me.”  

Looking ahead, Busch plans to find a new name for the camp. “Having ‘women’ in the name of our program excludes the identities of non-binary and gender non-conforming composers, and we want to actively serve them through a more inclusive organization name.”

Busch also hopes to launch a year-round composition program for local composers in Philadelphia.

Read how Busch started the Young Women Composers Camp and her plans for the camp’s growth

Continue reading

Bock Jenn

Back to 40 Under 40

Jenn Bock

Assistant Band Director, Marching Band Director
Highland High School
Gilbert, Arizona

Jenn Bock is never satisfied with the status quo — she always looks to improve her program and isn’t afraid to think outside the box and push boundaries. When she moved to Highland High School, the color guard consisted of just nine students. So Bock recruited junior high students to join the winter guard. “The excitement spread, and our winter program had two guard teams with 35 members in 2019,” Bock said.

Another area that needed updating was the movement program for the marching band. “I try to surround myself with people who are smarter than me in areas where I’m lacking,” Bock said. “I never marched drum corps or even college marching band, so when it was time to modernize the movement program, I hired people who I felt had the knowledge and skills to take us there.” She credits the marching staff for teaching the new marching and dance program to the students — which was done virtually during the pandemic.

When in-person school shut down in the spring of 2020, Bock went into overdrive and coordinated with the booster organization to sew instrumental music masks for the entire 150-student marching band. This effort enabled Highland to have summer rehearsals that followed social-distancing guidelines. According to one of her “40 Under 40” nomination letters, “Since the beginning of the pandemic, Jenn has been relentless in her pursuit of making this a meaningful year for her students.”

Bock has held multiple positions on the boards of music education organizations and is a strong role model for all music directors, but especially for young women who are considering a career in music education. Her message to them is straightforward: “Work hard and have confidence in the work you’re doing. Believe that you’re good enough to be there and then make it so.”

Read about how Bock gradually shifted the culture of Highland’s band

Continue reading

Antonetti Jennifer

Back to 40 Under 40

Jennifer Antonetti

Instrumental Music Teacher
Topeka High School, Robinson Middle School, Meadows Elementary School
Topeka, Kansas

Simply put, Jennifer Antonetti is an organizational guru. She balances working with more than 250 students every day at three schools where she has significantly grown the music programs — doubling enrollment at Robinson Middle School and tripling it at Meadows Elementary. She actively includes and commissions music from under-represented cultures and shows students where the music originated from on world maps that she has posted in the music room. She also uses science and props to teach students how their breathing and body affect sound production on their instruments.

Because of her heavy workload, Antonetti created a way to keep herself organized, which she and her husband developed into a software application tool called BatonSync (read the article about how Antonetti created BatonSync). The software currently has subscribers in 15 states and helps music educators keep track of instrument, uniforms and equipment inventories, as well as student information, finances and more. “We have created a tool for music teachers of all disciplines to be successful,” she said. “We are building a community of music teachers and helping the profession as a whole with our intuitive and innovative software application.”

Another passion project for Antonetti is starting a Kansas chapter of Women’s Band Director International, which will fall under the umbrella of the Kansas Bandmasters Association

But at her core, Antonetti is a music educator. “My favorite thing about teaching is that I get to teach from 5th to 12th grade,” she said. “I love watching the growth process of students from boys and girls to young men and women with their own thoughts and ideas.” 

Read about how Antonetti overcame challenges, obstacles and hurdles to grow the programs at Robinson Middle School and Meadows Elementary

Continue reading

Adelmann Christine

Back to 40 Under 40

Christine Adelmann

Band Director
Gompers Junior High School
Joliet, Illinois

Gompers Junior High’s population is 97% minority and 100% low income. When Christine Adelmann interviewed for her position at Gompers, she expressed an interest in starting a mariachi program. “I believed that it would be well-received by the community and provide our students with a culturally relevant musical experience,” she said.

And she was right! The mariachi program launched in 2019 and was so popular that it was offered virtually to the entire district for the 2020-2021 school year.

“As a white non-Spanish speaking mariachi director, I have relied heavily on Joliet’s Hispanic community to make this experience valuable and as authentic as possible. I have always been very upfront with my students, and I told them that this ensemble was going to be just as much of a learning experience for me as it is for them,” Adelmann said.

Her Spanish-speaking students take the lead when it comes to learning lyrics and pronunciation. “This gives our student leaders a sense of ownership over the ensemble and emphasizes that we are all valuable members of the ensemble with important contributions to make,” she said. “I am humbled and grateful that our kids are always excited to share their knowledge of mariachi and their culture.” 

After the first mariachi performance, the community reaction was overwhelming and heartwarming. Adelmann said, “Knowing that we had created an ensemble that the community valued and could embrace brought me tremendous pride as a music educator.”

Continue reading

Training Test

Back to 40 Under 40

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. At ultrices mi tempus imperdiet nulla malesuada pellentesque. Risus in hendrerit gravida rutrum quisque non tellus orci. Congue nisi vitae suscipit tellus mauris. Bibendum ut tristique et egestas quis. Eu ultrices vitae auctor eu augue. Lobortis mattis aliquam faucibus purus. Lacinia at quis risus sed vulputate odio. Dolor sed viverra ipsum nunc aliquet bibendum. Dictum varius duis at consectetur. Ut consequat semper viverra nam libero justo laoreet sit.

Massa sapien faucibus et molestie ac feugiat sed lectus. Sollicitudin tempor id eu nisl nunc mi ipsum faucibus. Vel pretium lectus quam id leo in. Dictumst quisque sagittis purus sit amet. Quisque id diam vel quam elementum pulvinar etiam non. Eu scelerisque felis imperdiet proin fermentum leo vel. Posuere morbi leo urna molestie. Condimentum id venenatis a condimentum vitae sapien. Augue mauris augue neque gravida in fermentum et sollicitudin ac. Lacus suspendisse faucibus interdum posuere. Porttitor eget dolor morbi non arcu risus quis varius. Velit ut tortor pretium viverra suspendisse potenti nullam ac. Lobortis scelerisque fermentum dui faucibus in ornare quam viverra. Proin sagittis nisl rhoncus mattis rhoncus. Sit amet purus gravida quis blandit turpis cursus.

Laoreet id donec ultrices tincidunt. Vehicula ipsum a arcu cursus vitae congue mauris rhoncus. Tempus egestas sed sed risus pretium quam vulputate dignissim. Ornare lectus sit amet est placerat. Laoreet non curabitur gravida arcu ac tortor dignissim convallis. Velit sed ullamcorper morbi tincidunt ornare massa. Mollis nunc sed id semper risus in. Porttitor eget dolor morbi non arcu. Lobortis elementum nibh tellus molestie nunc non blandit. Nec feugiat in fermentum posuere. Eleifend mi in nulla posuere. Dolor morbi non arcu risus quis varius quam quisque id. Eget velit aliquet sagittis id consectetur purus ut faucibus. Pulvinar elementum integer enim neque volutpat ac.

Euismod lacinia at quis risus sed. Posuere morbi leo urna molestie at elementum eu. Facilisi morbi tempus iaculis urna id volutpat lacus laoreet non. Arcu cursus euismod quis viverra nibh. Dictum fusce ut placerat orci nulla pellentesque. Lectus nulla at volutpat diam ut venenatis tellus. Et sollicitudin ac orci phasellus egestas. Pharetra massa massa ultricies mi quis hendrerit dolor magna. Euismod elementum nisi quis eleifend quam. Nulla facilisi etiam dignissim diam quis. Natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes nascetur ridiculus mus. Nunc congue nisi vitae suscipit tellus mauris. Tellus in metus vulputate eu scelerisque felis imperdiet proin fermentum. Amet cursus sit amet dictum. Quam pellentesque nec nam aliquam sem et tortor consequat id. Fames ac turpis egestas sed tempus. Vestibulum rhoncus est pellentesque elit. Egestas sed sed risus pretium quam vulputate dignissim suspendisse in. Arcu non sodales neque sodales ut. Felis eget nunc lobortis mattis.

Faucibus vitae aliquet nec ullamcorper sit. Lorem donec massa sapien faucibus et molestie ac feugiat sed. Odio ut enim blandit volutpat maecenas volutpat blandit aliquam etiam. Eu volutpat odio facilisis mauris sit amet massa vitae tortor. Tristique risus nec feugiat in fermentum posuere urna nec tincidunt. Dui sapien eget mi proin. A erat nam at lectus urna duis convallis convallis tellus. Eget nunc lobortis mattis aliquam faucibus purus in massa. Sed libero enim sed faucibus. Ultrices gravida dictum fusce ut placerat orci nulla pellentesque dignissim. Hendrerit dolor magna eget est lorem ipsum dolor.

Person Example

Back to 40 Under 40

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. At ultrices mi tempus imperdiet nulla malesuada pellentesque. Risus in hendrerit gravida rutrum quisque non tellus orci. Congue nisi vitae suscipit tellus mauris. Bibendum ut tristique et egestas quis. Eu ultrices vitae auctor eu augue. Lobortis mattis aliquam faucibus purus. Lacinia at quis risus sed vulputate odio. Dolor sed viverra ipsum nunc aliquet bibendum. Dictum varius duis at consectetur. Ut consequat semper viverra nam libero justo laoreet sit.

Massa sapien faucibus et molestie ac feugiat sed lectus. Sollicitudin tempor id eu nisl nunc mi ipsum faucibus. Vel pretium lectus quam id leo in. Dictumst quisque sagittis purus sit amet. Quisque id diam vel quam elementum pulvinar etiam non. Eu scelerisque felis imperdiet proin fermentum leo vel. Posuere morbi leo urna molestie. Condimentum id venenatis a condimentum vitae sapien. Augue mauris augue neque gravida in fermentum et sollicitudin ac. Lacus suspendisse faucibus interdum posuere. Porttitor eget dolor morbi non arcu risus quis varius. Velit ut tortor pretium viverra suspendisse potenti nullam ac. Lobortis scelerisque fermentum dui faucibus in ornare quam viverra. Proin sagittis nisl rhoncus mattis rhoncus. Sit amet purus gravida quis blandit turpis cursus.

Laoreet id donec ultrices tincidunt. Vehicula ipsum a arcu cursus vitae congue mauris rhoncus. Tempus egestas sed sed risus pretium quam vulputate dignissim. Ornare lectus sit amet est placerat. Laoreet non curabitur gravida arcu ac tortor dignissim convallis. Velit sed ullamcorper morbi tincidunt ornare massa. Mollis nunc sed id semper risus in. Porttitor eget dolor morbi non arcu. Lobortis elementum nibh tellus molestie nunc non blandit. Nec feugiat in fermentum posuere. Eleifend mi in nulla posuere. Dolor morbi non arcu risus quis varius quam quisque id. Eget velit aliquet sagittis id consectetur purus ut faucibus. Pulvinar elementum integer enim neque volutpat ac.

Euismod lacinia at quis risus sed. Posuere morbi leo urna molestie at elementum eu. Facilisi morbi tempus iaculis urna id volutpat lacus laoreet non. Arcu cursus euismod quis viverra nibh. Dictum fusce ut placerat orci nulla pellentesque. Lectus nulla at volutpat diam ut venenatis tellus. Et sollicitudin ac orci phasellus egestas. Pharetra massa massa ultricies mi quis hendrerit dolor magna. Euismod elementum nisi quis eleifend quam. Nulla facilisi etiam dignissim diam quis. Natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes nascetur ridiculus mus. Nunc congue nisi vitae suscipit tellus mauris. Tellus in metus vulputate eu scelerisque felis imperdiet proin fermentum. Amet cursus sit amet dictum. Quam pellentesque nec nam aliquam sem et tortor consequat id. Fames ac turpis egestas sed tempus. Vestibulum rhoncus est pellentesque elit. Egestas sed sed risus pretium quam vulputate dignissim suspendisse in. Arcu non sodales neque sodales ut. Felis eget nunc lobortis mattis.

Faucibus vitae aliquet nec ullamcorper sit. Lorem donec massa sapien faucibus et molestie ac feugiat sed. Odio ut enim blandit volutpat maecenas volutpat blandit aliquam etiam. Eu volutpat odio facilisis mauris sit amet massa vitae tortor. Tristique risus nec feugiat in fermentum posuere urna nec tincidunt. Dui sapien eget mi proin. A erat nam at lectus urna duis convallis convallis tellus. Eget nunc lobortis mattis aliquam faucibus purus in massa. Sed libero enim sed faucibus. Ultrices gravida dictum fusce ut placerat orci nulla pellentesque dignissim. Hendrerit dolor magna eget est lorem ipsum dolor.

How to Burn-In Speakers

The first time you put on a new pair of shoes, you might find the soles to be rigid, the cushions inflexible and maybe there’s a little less wiggle-room for your toes than you’d like. But after you “break them in” by wearing the shoes for awhile, all these discomforts start to disappear … and before you know it, they fit you perfectly.

It’s the same for speakers. They too need a period of breaking in before they can perform optimally. This process is called “burning-in,” and in this article we’ll tell you how it works so you can enjoy music or the audio portion of your favorite film or TV show at its best.

Why Do a Burn-In?

The main reason for doing a burn-in is that it pushes the flexible materials in your speakers to an extent that standard playback cannot.

Speakers consist of three basic components: a driver (tweeter, mid-range and woofer), crossover and cabinet. The crossover is an electronic device that separates the overall signal into discrete frequency ranges before sending those signals on to the appropriate drivers, which are mounted in an acoustically tuned cabinet so that the sound emanates as a coherent and balanced waveform.

Each individual speaker driver consists of an outer frame, a cone or diaphragm, a voice coil and a magnet. The driver operates the same way regardless of the speaker type (i.e., sound bar, bookshelf, center channel, floor-standing, in-wall/in-ceiling, outdoor or subwoofer) and also regardless of whether the speaker is wireless or wired.

These drivers (sometimes known as transducers) are the same as what you find in earbuds or headphones, only larger. Their job is to transform electrical energy into kinetic energy via the cone (or dome) of the speaker they are attached to. The two connection points consist of the “Surround,” which attaches the frame of the driver to the cone, and the “Spider,” which is the flexible part underneath the cone that keeps the coil centered in the magnet structure. Once burned-in, the connection points loosen, letting the driver move in and out more freely.

Whether you’re playing soft rock or an epic film score, the audio quality will likely be noticeably better after the burn-in process, though the improvement is generally gradual.

How to Do a Burn-In

Burning-in your speakers is accomplished by playing audio through them for an extended period of time, with 40 hours of continuous play recommended for most speakers. Before doing so, however, we suggest setting your speakers up in a room that isn’t frequently used — and one that has doors that can be closed — so they can work their magic without disturbing anyone.

There are two widely accepted methods of burning-in speakers:

1.     Use a burn-in playlist of music and noise tracks in various frequency ranges from highest to lowest. These are available from a number of websites, including Spotify®.

2.     Use a downloadable digital track that loops different noises and frequencies. This is also known as a “burn-in disc” or online white noise playlist. One such product that we recommend is the free CASCADE Noise Burn-in Disc from TARA Labs, which allows you to download a file that can then be burned to CD and played back from your computer or CD player, or from the embedded video at the end of this article.  (Be sure to read the instructions at the start of the video for proper safety measures and execution of the burn-in.)

Once you’ve selected which burn-in audio to use, you’ll need to make sure your source device (a mobile device or a computer) is plugged in if you’re planning to run it for a full 40 hours in one sitting, since batteries will probably run down a lot faster than that. Then you’ll need to determine how to play the burn-in track(s) through your speakers.

If your speakers are powered and wireless (such as the Yamaha SR-C20A sound bar or MusicCast 20), download or stream the burn-in track to your speaker(s) via Bluetooth® or Wi-Fi®.

If you’re using passive (unpowered) speakers, you’ll need a power amplifier or receiver. For a two-channel audio system, you’ll need an integrated amplifier or stereo receiver. For a 5.1-channel (or more) home theater configuration, you’ll need an AV receiver. An amp with built-in wireless streaming capability is particularly helpful since it will allow you to play the burn-in audio without needing to connect a source device.

Do your ears a favor and don’t listen to your speakers while the burn-in file is playing. It won’t sound good, and it’s not recommended for your hearing health. Caution: Burning-in your speakers should always be done at a moderate volume or you run the risk of damaging or destroying the drivers.

As we mentioned, 40 hours of burn-in time is a good starting point for most speakers, but you can break it into multiple four- to five-hour sessions or a little longer (while you sleep, for example) so you can use the burn-in room for a different purpose in-between.

Once you complete your burn-in, we recommend trying out some test tracks, like the Yamaha New to high-res audio? playlist on Qobuz. You’ll find that after burning-in your speakers properly, you’ll be able to enjoy music and podcasts at their peak potential!

 

Check out these related blog articles:

How to Burn-In Headphones and Earbuds

Anatomy of a Home Theater Speaker

How to Install In-Ceiling Speakers

How to Connect a Sound Bar to a Computer

What is an Integrated Amplifier?

How to Add Streaming to Your Legacy Audio System

Building the Ideal Home Theater

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha speakers.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Dr. Jeffrey Nytch

Dr. Jeffrey Nytch, DMA, is a Professor of Composition and Director of the Entrepreneurship Center for Music at the University of Colorado-Boulder. Leading music students to understand the realities of earning a sustainable income through performance is a vital task for music educators. Relatively few orchestral openings exist and applied teaching positions at universities are scarce as well. Nytch walked this meandering career path himself until he discovered and embraced the concept of music entrepreneurship. He now directs the Entrepreneurship Center for Music (ECM) at the University of Colorado-Boulder.

The recipient of the Sharon T. Alpi Award for Innovative Pedagogy by the Society for Arts Entrepreneurship Education, Nytch is a highly sought-after presenter for both educators and students of all ages. Through these enlightening and engaging sessions, he shares strategies for building a satisfying and sustainable music career.

Nytch teaches students that they must consider the needs of the audience they seek to reach, an audience whose idea of music can encompass date night at a club, an orchestral performance at a symphony hall or relaxing to a recording by a favorite artist. He then asks students to contemplate how they would meet those needs through their own music-making.

In order to have sustainable careers in music, musicians must grasp what Nytch calls “The Entrepreneur’s Maxim”: the market will value the product that meets its needs. Understanding who it is you’re trying to reach and what they need to experience is at the heart of all entrepreneurial activity, and illustrates how entrepreneurship is about more than “business”: it’s about empowering one’s unique musical voice.

In his book, “The Entrepreneurial Muse: Inspiring Your Career in Classical Music,” Nytch explores the principles of entrepreneurship in a classical music setting, inspiring students, emerging professionals and educators alike. His program at the University of Colorado has been recognized by the Global Consortium of Entrepreneurship Centers, which presented him with the Specialty Entrepreneurship Award in 2020.

A few of Dr. Jeffrey Nytch’s session titles are:
  • The Entrepreneurial Musician
  • Dusting off the Classical Music Concert: New Paradigms for the 21st Century
  • The Conductor as Curator: Artistic Identity, Programming and Audience Engagement
  • Crowdfunding: Raising Dollars through Community
  • Entrepreneurship and Creativity: A Match Made in Heaven
To learn more about clinics by Dr. Jeffrey Nytch, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Dr. Donny Gruendler

Donny Gruendler, Ed.D. is a faculty member of the Doctor of Education in Learning Technologies Program at Pepperdine University.

A self-proclaimed troublemaker in his own right, Gruendler learned firsthand how impactful music can be when he joined the stage band in 6th grade and was immediately transformed into an exemplary student who would eventually make music his life’s work.

Gruendler subscribes to Miles Davis‘ tenet: “Anybody can play. The note is only 20%. The attitude of the [person] who plays it is 80%.” Through his inquisitive nature and infectious desire to learn, Gruendler continues breaking molds by forging ahead to seek out and create an educational ecosystem that serves today’s musicians by probing, “What other delivery methods are there? What do students really need to know to become independent, fulfilled music-makers? What serves to inspire the 21st century music student to remain engaged?” He is passionate about serving the needs of the individual music-maker, no matter what the age, and his outgoing, dynamic personality makes him the Pied Piper of alternative teaching strategies for today’s music learners to help them find their own 80%.

Gruendler grasps the reality that music programs will likely continue to exist in some hybrid model of in-person and virtual learning, and that music-makers will continue to find a way to share their art no matter what the circumstance. He is committed to using his highly energized, vivacious 80% to help music educators better serve their students through the use of diverse teaching strategies as well as to help create a more entrepreneurial approach to music education overall moving forward.

A few of Donny Gruendler’s session titles are:
  • Music Matters
  • The Music Technology Landscape
  • Student Evaluations of Teaching: Perceptions of Faculty Knowledge and Their Relation to Learning
  • Anchoring Creativity within Today’s Music Classrooms
  • Diversification: Preparing Music Students for a 21st Century Income
To learn more about clinics by Dr. Donny Gruendler, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Dr. David Cutler

Dr. David Cutler is a Distinguished Professor and Director of the Entrepreneurship Center for Music at the University of South Carolina. He is also the author of “The Savvy Musician” and “The Savvy Music Teacher,” as well as an upcoming visual book, “The GAME of Innovation.”

No matter the organization — public or private — a linear path to incremental improvement can actually inhibit large-scale growth. What if that were replaced by “moonshot thinking” to foster groundbreaking exploration? This is where Cutler often lives, creating environments that use innovative, global thinking to launch the present into the future. His dynamic and tactical approaches are as meaningful as the remarkable results generated.

An innovator to his core, Cutler lives by the mantra — “dreams first, then logistics!” Through synergetic consultancies and sought-after seminars, Cutler guides educators and industry leaders to become better problem-solvers. Known for gamifying organizational challenges, he often leads innovation GAMEs (Guidelines, Arena, Materials and Experience), facilitating a carefully orchestrated process. Whether teams design something new or reimagine the old, they cultivate big ideas, stronger community and increased buy-in.

Cutler is widely known for his books, “The Savvy Musician” and “The Savvy Music Teacher.” He explains that successful musicians — whether educators, performers, composers, students, industry employees, et.al. — balance building a career with earning a living and making a difference. No matter the profile, it is this personal endeavor that unveils creative solutions for maximizing inspiration and impact.

Whether exploring how innovative practices can transform your organization, career or life, Cutler’s creative, non-traditional approach will leave you transformed and armed with actionable strategies.

A few of Dr. David Cutler’s session titles are:
  • Creative Performance Practice: Same Notes, Same Rhythms, Personalized Statement
  • BIG Ideas in Career and Financial Success: A Life in Music
  • Unlocking Innovation
  • How Music Education Can Change the World (and Why It Often Doesn’t)
  • Shake Up Your Studio
  • Reimagining Music in Higher Education
  • Facilitation for Change Initiatives
  • The Outward Artist: What Success Requires
  • Website/Career Model Master Class
  • How You Can Become the Best in the World
  • Doing the “Wrong” Thing: A Surprising Path to Success
  • Average Student, Savvy Student
  • Innovation GAMEs (Custom-Design Around your Challenge)
To learn more about clinics by Dr. David Cutler, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com

Fix It: Trumpet Teaching Tips

For over 30 years, I have had the tremendous privilege of playing trumpet for audiences around the world.

Without the support, guidance and influence from my middle school (Mr. Kazanjian) and high school (Mr. Ezer) band directors, I would not have had the opportunity to pursue this musical passion that has given me so much happiness.

CHECK IT OUT: The YTR-2330 Bb Trumpet for Your Classroom

No matter how long a student has been playing trumpet, it’s important to develop a solid foundation of fundamentals. By having a strong warm-up routine, students will be able to move to the next level and continue to improve. I tell students that when professional athletes practice, they are always working on fundamentals — and that’s what they need to do. It’s important for your students to know that you will be able to guide them in the right direction.

I would like to address some fundamentals that you should look out for with your middle and high school trumpet players.

Jeff Conner of Boston Brass playing the trumpet

Fix It: Embouchure/Air

One of the biggest hurdles beginners and young trumpet players encounter is how to create a good embouchure and how much air to put through the instrument.

Embouchure problems to watch for:

  • “Smile” embouchure thins out lips, limits range and endurance, and produces thin sound.
  • Lower lip disappears outside mouthpiece.
  • Improper mouthpiece placement — too high or too low.
  • Puffed out cheeks.
  • Puckered lips protruding toward or into mouthpiece.
  • Bunched chin causes fuzzy sound, limits range and can create response and articulation problems.

Embouchure solutions:

  • Have students place a small mirror on their music stands so they can always check their embouchure.
  • Before placing the mouthpiece on their lips, have students say the letter “M.”
  • Tell students to imagine anchors at the corners of their lips.
  • Have students place the eraser end of a pencil between their lips and try suspending the pencil with embouchure

Another thing to keep in mind is fingerings. If students are struggling or thinking about what fingering to use, the first thing that stops working is air. Once students are secure with their fingerings, it will be easier for them to create a full sound on their trumpet.

Fix It: Proper Practice/Warm Up

three students playing the trumpet

In order to have success, music students need to know how to practice. When young students are given an assignment and told to practice for 20 minutes a day, they usually focus on making it to the 20-minute mark, and they don’t accomplished anything.

It’s important to invest the time and demonstrate to your students how to practice a new song, scale or exercise. One of the hardest techniques is practicing slowly. If you can teach your students how to practice slowly and have them understand why they need to practice slowly, that’s a huge accomplishment.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

Why is a warm-up routine for trumpet important?

  • It helps stress fundamentals and concepts of sound, rhythm and intonation.
  • It helps focus concentration.
  • It helps develop listening skills in individual students, section and ensemble.

How to warm up and what you want to hear:

  • Begin in the middle register, using no articulation at first (“HO”).
  • Find your sound.
  • Keep airflow steady whether sustaining or changing notes.
  • Keep sound round, centered and consistent from note to note.
  • Gradually increase the range in both directions.
  • Use visual cues to direct sound (bow and arrow for forte, dart for mezzo forte, paper airplane for piano).
  • Work on scales, lip flexibilities, flow exercises.

young male student playing the trumpet

Some helpful concepts for practicing:

  • Wind patterns — play passages with wind into the palm of your hand. Use lots of air and breath when needed.
  • Slur tongued passages to improve flow and tone.
  • Tongue slurred passages to fix rhythm and precision.
  • Play rhythm on low F# forte. Create as much resistance as possible.
  • Play difficult passages on “G” (alternate fingerings 0-1/3).
  • Play difficult fingering passages with left hand or backward.
  • Practice with a specific goal and in small segments of time.

The importance of daily fundamentals is an incredible investment for continued success on the trumpet. It’s like putting money in the bank! With proper guidance and using these rehearsal   techniques you are guaranteed a great trumpet section.

NAMM 2021 Highlights

NAMM may have been a virtual event this year, but there was no shortage of product announcements from hundreds of music manufacturers. These were some of the hottest new offerings from Yamaha:

Clavinova CLP-700 Series

A grand piano with the lid open.

The CLP-700 Series is the latest generation of award-winning Clavinova digital pianos. New at NAMM are the CLP-725 and CLP-775 models, which complete the CLP-700 Series lineup, along with the previously released CLP-735, CLP-745, CLP-765GP, CLP-785 and CLP-795GP. All combine a no-compromise piano playing experience with the conveniences of digital, such as being able to practice quietly and never needing tuning. And all offer numerous improvements in realism and playability, as well as, on CLP-735 models and higher, historical Voices that perfectly reproduce the fortepiano, an ancestor of the modern piano. These allow players to practice using the same tones that legendary composers heard as they crafted their music, bringing a new depth of authenticity to classical repertoire.

CLP-700 Series Clavinova models also feature the sounds of two of today’s best-loved concert grand pianos — the Yamaha CFX and Bösendorfer Imperial. Their improved GrandTouch™ and GrandTouch-S™ keyboard actions respond like a real grand piano, and the synthetic ebony and ivory key surfaces are textured to help finger grip and wick away moisture. In addition, exclusive Real Grand Expression 2 (RGE2) technology converts the slightest variations in touch into limitless dynamic and harmonic nuances. All models are compatible with the free Yamaha Smart Pianist app, allowing access to all control functions from a connected iOS® or Android™ device, and Bluetooth® wireless audio connectivity (on CLP-745 models and higher) lets players stream songs from a mobile device or computer and play along with them through the Clavinova’s built-in high-fidelity speaker system.

DTX6 Series Electronic Drum Kits

The newly-released Yamaha DTX6 Series electronic drum kits provide the perfect solution for quiet practice, rehearsal, recording and education. There are three models to choose from — the DTX6K-X, DTX6K2-X and DTX6K3-X — all equipped with kick drum, snare drum, tom and cymbal pads, as well as a DTX-PRO module loaded with hundreds of professionally-sampled sounds and effects recorded around the world in renowned studios.

Electronic drum kit setup to show all elements, including electronic controls.

The list of features is awesome. A unique Kit Modifier offers limitless possibilities to create your desired sound by simply turning Ambience, Compression and Effects knobs. Lightning-fast triggering speed ensures an incredibly dynamic and expressive playing experience. With the use of the free Yamaha Rec’n’Share app, you can take videos of your performance and share them without leaving the drum throne. There’s even a series of built-in training tools designed to allow players of every level to develop their drumming skills. DTX6 Series electronic drum kits are the perfect way to practice and learn to play drums … and without the loud volume levels that come from playing an acoustic drum set.

THR30IIA Desktop Amp

The THR30IIA is the latest addition to the Yamaha THR-II family of desktop amplifiers known for their superb sound, innovative features and retro-modern look … only this compact 30-watt amp is designed specifically for use with acoustic-electric guitars. It incorporates a professional-quality Yamaha D-PRE microphone preamp, with dedicated modes for nylon-string guitars and a multipurpose flat setting, as well as three authentic-sounding microphone models — dynamic, tube and condenser, plus three-band equalization and onboard effects such as compression, chorus, delay and reverb.

Small amplifier.

But there’s much more: A built-in rechargeable battery lets you play anywhere your music takes you, and the integrated wireless receiver, when used with an optional Line 6® Relay® G10T transmitter, provides a fully cable-free performance. Dual 1/4″ instrument and XLR combo mic inputs are provided, making the THR30IIA the perfect onstage companion for singing guitarists. There’s a USB port for direct recording and playback, along with bundled Steinberg DAW software, plus compatibility with the free Yamaha Rec’n’Share app (available for iOS and Android) allows you to record audio and video along with songs from your music library, then easily share performances online. In addition, Bluetooth support enables wireless playback from paired devices through the amp’s built-in high-quality dual 3.5″ speakers, with a Stereo Imager function that can be used to widen the soundstage.

DGX-670 Digital Piano

The DGX-670 Portable Grand digital piano offers a full 88-note keyboard with exceptional playability, superb sound and visual appeal, making it ideal for beginners and accomplished pianists alike. Its “Graded Hammer Standard” keyboard action gives the low keys a heavier response and the high keys a lighter response — delivering the precise touch piano teachers recommend for building proper finger technique for playing acoustic pianos.

Electronic piano keyboard.

Included high-quality samples of the flagship Yamaha 9-foot CFX concert grand piano ensure authentic tone across the entire dynamic range, plus there are hundreds of other built-in sounds, including non-keyboard instruments and drums. To make playing fun and interactive, the DGX-670 is compatible with “You Are the Artist” digital sheet music featuring songs by iconic artists such as Adele, The Beatles, Coldplay and Elton John — all accompanied by inspiring backing tracks, with selected songs appearing as notes and lyrics on the DGX-670’s full-color LCD screen. You can slow down the tempo if you want to practice at a more comfortable speed, and a “guide” mode will even pause the music until you play the correct note or notes, so you’re never rushing to catch up. You can also plug a microphone directly into the keyboard so you can sing your favorite songs, complete with digital effects, while playing along. In addition, Bluetooth compatibility allows you to play your favorite music wirelessly through the onboard 10-watt dual speaker system.

YC73 and YC88 Keyboards

The new Yamaha YC73 and YC88 are all about versatility. They combine great-feeling new keyboard actions with soulful sounds and drawbar control, and are equally at home both onstage and in the studio. The YC73 features 73 weighted keys and is ideal for keyboardists who divide their playing between organ, piano, electric piano, clavi, synth and other staple keyboard sounds. The YC88 provides 88 weighted Natural Wood keys with synthetic ebony and ivory key tops and triple-sensor action, and is meant for musicians who prioritize the touch and response of an acoustic piano. Both models add several options to the traditional organ semi-weighted “waterfall” action, as well as integrated USB audio and MIDI capabilities.

Two stage piano keyboards lined up one behind the other. The short one on top of image is a smaller one and the bottom one is larger and has more keyes.

The YC73 and YC88 employ exclusive Yamaha Virtual Circuit Modeling (VCM) technology to capture not only the sound of classic organs, but their behavior down to the component level. VCM also reproduces the distinctive rotary speaker effect, which most keyboardists consider inseparable from the organ sound itself. In true vintage fashion, nine drawbars shape the sound by controlling individual footages, and essentials like percussion and vibrato/chorus enhance the tone. The player can also customize things like key click, “leakage” and rotary speaker speed, and the keyboard can be split between upper and lower organ registrations. In addition, there are authentic acoustic and electric pianos, strings and brass, analog-style synth sounds, classic digital FM sounds like DX7 electric pianos, leads, basses and much more, as well as two dedicated effects processors, plus configurable envelope and filter controls for real-time manipulation and interaction with the sounds you’re playing.

YDS-150 Digital Saxophone

An electronic saxophone.

The Yamaha YDS-150 Digital Saxophone allows anyone to play the saxophone anytime, anywhere. Though it has a lot in common with acoustic saxophones, it offers numerous exciting innovations such as silent practice capability and 73 preset voices that include both standard sax sounds and non-saxophone sounds. And with the use of a free smartphone app, you can control everything from pitch transposition to key response — even create custom sounds.

Best of all, any beginner or pro can pick up the YDS-150 and make a great sound right away. It feels just like an acoustic sax since it uses a similar key layout, mouthpiece, ligature and a synthetic reed. And like an acoustic sax, it even has a brass bell that provides the player with physical feedback similar to that of an acoustic instrument.

RIVAGE PM3 and PM5 Digital Mixing Consoles

The new RIVAGE PM3 and PM5 digital mixing consoles deliver maximized functionality and control in a compact footprint. By pairing CS-R3 and CS-R5 control surfaces with DSP-RX and DSP-RX-EX DSP engines respectively, they add new levels of versatility and scalability to the Yamaha RIVAGE PM series.

Electronic sound boards.

The PM3’s CS-R3 control surface packs the full RIVAGE PM series functionality and performance into the compact console’s 45-inch width, while the PM5’s CS-R5 control surface offers three large touchscreens and a condensed selected channel section for smooth, intuitive operation. The DSP-RX engine in the PM3 provides 120 inputs, 48 mix buses and 24 matrices as well as 384 internal slots for plug-ins, while the DSP-RX-EX engine in the PM5 has 288 inputs, 72 mix buses and 36 matrices, along with 512 internal slots. Additional features include stage racks with Rupert Neve Designs transformer and Silk emulation, and the ability to upgrade existing Dante-based systems to 96kHz for unprecedented sound quality and flexibility.

Cubase 11 DAW Software

Steinberg Cubase 11 is the latest update to the award-winning Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) software used by renowned producers and composers the world over. There are three different editions available — Pro, Artist, and Elements — each with the same core technologies but with dedicated tools tailored to the scope and scale of individual music production requirements.

Screenshot.

The Pro edition offers marker, chord and other track types in the key editor and makes printing stems a much easier task, with control over the full signal path. The Frequency EQ plug-in now offers several different dynamic response options, and the Score Editor now includes the Notation fonts from Dorico and a unique overlay editor. In addition, both the Pro and Artist editions offer SuperVision, a fully customizable, multimeter audio analyzer with up to nine module slots for level, spectral, phase and waveform analysis, as well as Imager — a new multiband plug-in that contributes to a cleaner mix — and SpectraLayers One, a compact version of the acclaimed SpectraLayers Pro 7. All three editions of Cubase come with fresh new content: Six sound and loop sets created by hip-hop producer Beat Butcha, Hollywood sound designer Robert Dudzic and Black Octopus Sound, covering a wide range of music styles that will help to quickly jump-start any music production project.

YVN Model 3 Violins

Three sizes of violins. The largest one is center has sub-title of "Full Size"; the one on the right is the smallest and is sub-titled "1/2 size" and the one on left is an in-between size of the other 2 and is sub-titled "3/4 size".

The Yamaha YVN Model 3 Violin family is comprised of the award-winning original YVN Model 3, as well as three-quarter and one-half size violins that offer the same exceptional playing experience to young students with smaller hands. Each provides beginners with a durable, well-crafted starter instrument, complete with a bow and a sturdy carrying case.

YVN Model 3 violins are constructed with the tight tolerances normally associated with much more expensive, luthier-built models. Among their innovations is a proprietary graduated spruce top that offers exceptional tone and resonance for a student violin, as well as a new laser cutting technique that uses resin to create handsome inlaid purfling. Educators will find them to be reliable instruments that require fewer trips to the repair shop, with computer-aided designs that make them easier to service than traditional string instruments. Each piece is as precise as the one before it, making it both faster and more cost-effective to keep the violin at peak performance — an important consideration in school programs. In fact, the uniformity of YVN Model 3 violins means that teachers can replace the instrument’s bridge themselves in just minutes, and the overall construction is so consistent, it can literally be heard from instrument to instrument, allowing educators to create a cohesive ensemble sound.

YV-3030MS Vibraphone

A xylophone.

At NAMM, Yamaha announced that its YV-3030MS vibraphone will soon be replacing the company’s popular YV-1605 model. The new instrument offers exceptional performance suitable for a broad spectrum of users, from the beginning percussion student to intermediate players in high school orchestras.Main features include a gas spring height adjustment mechanism that makes it easier to set the instrument to the ideal height for players of any stature, as well as a revised vibe damper system, quieter motor noise, a compact controller, increased caster size for greater mobility, and a new bar material that produces a softer tone. In addition, an optional variable-speed driver unit includes a pause memory feature found only on higher-end Yamaha vibraphones. When engaged, the fans always stop at the memorized position when paused for non-vibrato playing, ensuring that consistent volume is maintained even when the driver is stopped and started multiple times. With its improved handling, improved sound and added features, the YV-3030MS is sure to become a mainstay of schools everywhere.

 

See you at next year’s NAMM — and remember, if you can’t make the show in person, you can always catch the highlights here!

 

For more information about these and other great Yamaha music products, click here.

Step Up to a Better Acoustic Guitar

As every guitarist knows, not all guitars are created equal.

Some models are designed especially for those new to the instrument. These entry-level guitars are generally inexpensive and are well-suited for beginners. For those guitarists that progress to the point where they’re ready to begin recording and/or performing live, there are intermediate-level instruments that offer improved sound and craftsmanship. And then there are premium instruments that offer superior tone and playability, along with the kind of reliability that advanced guitarists depend upon.

Here are five reasons why you should consider stepping up to a better acoustic guitar.

Better Tone

This may be somewhat subjective, but it’s fair to say that the better the guitar, the better the sound. One of the main reasons is the tonewoods used in the construction of the instrument. With over 130 years of building pianos (and nearly seven decades of crafting guitars), Yamaha certainly knows a thing or two about the subject! The company’s premium A5 Series guitars incorporate solid Sitka spruce tops with backs and sides of solid rosewood or mahogany and three-ply necks made of African mahogany. Their premium LL Series guitars feature solid Engelmann spruce tops and solid rosewood backs and sides, with five-ply mahogany and rosewood necks. Both offer ebony fingerboards and bridges.

RBX170EW
Yamaha A5R ARE.

LL16D ARE 800
Yamaha LL16D ARE.

While intermediate-level and premium guitars are usually constructed with solid woods, entry-level instruments often instead use laminated materials consisting of multiple thin layers of wood glued together. Solid wood generally sounds better than laminated wood because it transmits vibrations more effectively than layers of wood joined together with glue. That said, not all solid woods are equal, so it’s not possible to say that solid always sounds better than laminated wood. A well-designed guitar made of laminated woods, where the wood thickness, material choice and glue formula are perfectly refined, can sound good and be extremely durable. And because it’s where most of the vibrations occur, the top of an acoustic guitar is where you’ll notice the biggest difference between solid and laminated woods.

Additionally, the tone of most acoustic guitars improves over time as the wood ages. Does that mean you need to invest in an expensive vintage instrument or wait years before your instrument sounds its best? Not any longer, thanks to something called A.R.E. (Acoustic Resonance Enhancement), an exclusive Yamaha technology employed by A5 Series and LL Series instruments, as well as some other Yamaha guitars. This process manipulates the molecular properties of new wood, essentially aging it prematurely, so even when a guitar is brand new, it exhibits the sonic properties of a much more mature instrument.

Screenshots of graphics.
The acoustic properties of A.R.E.-equipped guitars compared to standard guitars.

Another major factor in tonality is the internal design of guitar bodies — their bracing in particular. This impacts how the sound from the strings resonates through the instrument’s body and therefore has a significant effect on the tone. Yamaha A5 Series guitars incorporate scalloped bracing for the top of the guitar and shorter-than-normal bracing for the back. The result is a louder and fatter lower-midrange response. LL Series guitars, on the other hand, are constructed with modified non-scalloped bracing, which results in a bright tone with enhanced low end. Note that neither design is “better” or “worse”; they’re simply different.

Screenshot of graphics.

Better Feel

There are many different acoustic guitar body shapes available, but for players who want access to the highest notes on the guitar, cutaway bodies allow your fretting hand to get much higher up the neck without the body getting in the way. All Yamaha A Series guitars (including the A5R ARE and A5M ARE models) feature traditional western or concert bodies with high-comfort neck profiles and cutaways that allow your left-hand better access above the 14th fret.

LL Series guitars feature 5-ply necks with a straighter-than-normal taper that makes it easier to play up high. In addition, their innovative neck design is a result of a careful evaluation of the relationship between string spacing, string height, fingerboard binding and neck taper. The result is a neck that gives you both a stable grip and excellent playability over all the frets.

Close up of a guitar neck with strings.
LL Series innovative fingerboard taper.

Better Looks

Step-up guitars also tend to have a more attractive finish and trim than entry-level instruments. For example, the Yamaha LL56 Custom ARE and LL36 ARE models feature a natural nitrocellulose lacquer finish and sport luxury abalone inlay. A5 Series guitars are slightly darker and more orange in color, and their necks feature artful inlay designs and a distinctively shaped pickguard that adds to the eye-candy factor.

Yamaha LL56 Custom ARE.

Yamaha AC5R ARE.

Better Craftsmanship

Needless to say, premium instruments tend to be better constructed than entry-level or intermediate ones, which translates to greater durability. Barring unforeseen accidents, you can expect a premium guitar to last a lifetime … or even longer!

And when it comes to building any kind of musical instrument, experience matters. Yamaha has been making guitars since the 1940s. In 1965, the company’s Guitar Research Division was established, bringing in master luthier Antonio de Torres from Spain to consult on classical guitar design. The very next year, Yamaha introduced the classic FG180 and FG150 steel-string acoustic guitars, which today have become collectors’ items.

Acoustic guitar.
The legendary Yamaha FG180, circa 1966.

In 1974, the L31 — the first instrument in the L Series of professional-level acoustic guitars designed for both recording and live performance — was launched. In 1983, the company added acoustic-electric instruments to its lineup, with A Series guitars introduced in 2011.

Over the years, Yamaha has continued to constantly refine and improve its guitar-building capabilities. Today, the company’s luthiers imbue their acoustic guitars with the best of both worlds: cutting-edge technology and hands-on old-school craftsmanship. As an example, they pre-match the wood for guitar necks and bodies early in the manufacturing process, ensuring the best possible neck-body joint for structural stability.

Better Technology

If you plan to use your guitar for live performance, your best choice in a step-up instrument would be an acoustic-electric model. These instruments have built-in pickups so that you aren’t entirely reliant upon a microphone to amplify its signal. Needless to say, the electronics in these kinds of guitars are an essential part of the package. You want a pickup system that will offer ease of use, authentic sound and feedback-reduction features. By stepping up to an A5 Series or LL Series guitar, you’ll get an instrument with SRT2 electronics, the top-of-the-line system offered by Yamaha.

This innovative technology starts with an internal pickup that has individual piezo elements for each string, which yields a more accurate tone than typical “slab-type” piezo pickups. But that’s only one facet of the system. You can also mix it with (or switch entirely to) the modeled tones of an acoustic guitar recorded in a professional studio with high-end microphones from respected manufacturers like Neumann and Royer. Being able to blend the miked tone with that from the SRT2 pickup gives you an exceptionally wide range of sonic options.

A guitar pickup with individual piezo elements.
The SRT2 pickup has individual piezo elements.

In addition, the SRT2 system provides extensive tone control, with separate knobs for Volume, Treble, Bass and Blend. Pressing the Bass knob turns on Auto Feedback Reduction, which automatically detects and cuts frequencies that are feeding back.

Want even more innovation? Imagine an acoustic guitar that lets you play with reverb and chorus effects even when it’s unplugged. Yamaha TransAcoustic guitars can do just that, thanks to a tiny built-in component called an actuator, which uses the guitar body to create true reverb and chorus effects that you can blend with the acoustic sound. These guitars also have built-in piezo pickups, giving you the ability to send the blend of guitar and effects to external amplifiers. The LL-TA model has TransAcoustic technology incorporated. Naturally, it also provides all the premium LL Series features, such as an A.R.E.-treated solid Engelmann spruce top and modified non-scalloped bracing, as well as that big LL sound.

Acoustic guitar.
Yamaha LL-TA.

Thanks in large part to the company’s vast experience and expertise in guitar building, premium-quality Yamaha acoustics provide an unbeatable combination of tone, playability, durability, looks and value. If you’re looking to step up when it comes to your acoustic guitar, be sure to check them out!

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha A5 Series guitars.

Click here for more information about Yamaha LL Series guitars.

Click here for more information about the full line of Yamaha acoustic and acoustic-electric guitars.

Five More Things You May Not Know About String Instruments

In our blog “Five Things You May Not Know About String Instruments,” we covered some little-known facts about string instruments that even some experienced players may not be aware of. Here are five more things about string instruments that may surprise you.

1. No One Is Really Sure Where Violins Came From

String instruments date back to at least ancient Greek times. There were many types of stringed musical instruments then, such as the harp, lyre, phorminx and psalatery. Some were played with a bow, but the shapes were quite different from those we now recognize.

A stringed instrument made of wood.
A phorminx.

But how and exactly when these developed into modern string instruments is largely lost to history. By all accounts, the bowed instruments of today were largely the development of European instrument-making guilds in the 16th century, during what is now called the “Golden Age” of violin making. Italy was the leader, home of the great Cremonese School that brought forth the Amati design that was later the basis for designs by Gaspar d’Salo, Antonio Stradivari, Giuseppe Guarneri and other well-known violin-makers. The viola and cello also changed form during that era.

Bonus trivia: Perhaps you’ve heard that many early stringed instruments originally used “catgut” strings. It’s true that these were a byproduct of animal intestines — but they came from the intestines of sheep, not cats. The same material went into stringing tennis racquets up until the 20th century, before scientists developed polymers.

2. It Takes a Lot of Wood to Make a String Instrument

In general, it takes 70 pieces of wood to craft a string instrument, whether it’s a violin, viola, cello or bass. The back, ribs and neck are carved from maple, which is a rigid wood. Tops are normally spruce, which is much softer and helps produce a strong tone. Ebony and rosewood can be used for pegs, tailpiece, fingerboard and (in the case of violin and viola) chin rest. These are dense materials that hold up to long-term use.

Some parts may seem ornamental, as opposed to functional, but the reality is that every piece of wood plays an important role in contributing to the sound the instrument produces. It could be said that the most vital component is the sound post, which appears at first glance to be nothing more than a simple spruce dowel between the top and back of the instrument. However, without it, the instrument is useless, since the sound post acts to transfer the vibration of the strings from the top to the back of the instrument … which eventually produces the tone and is responsible for the sound projection. It’s interesting that in Spain, this small piece is referred to as the “Alma,” which translates in English as the “Soul” of the instrument.

The sound post is also the only internal part of a string instrument that isn’t glued into place — instead, a luthier will move it up and down to best fit the acoustics of the individual instrument. (The position of a sound post inside a violin is critical, and moving it by even very small amounts can make a big difference in sound quality and loudness.) The luthier also carves its ends to fit the internal shape of the top and back. Once a sound post is in place, only the pressure of the tuned strings keeps it in place.

Close-up of a violin with a red arrow pointing to its sound post.
Sound post.

3. The Finish Plays a Very Important Role in the Sound

It can be said that there are as many ways to make a violin finish as there are to make a violin. Today, with the development of polyurethane finishes and aniline dyes, most finishes are synthetic. This allows for a fast application and a durable finish to protect the wood. In the early days of violin making, however, luthiers had to rely on more natural elements. Typically the varnish was a thickened oil with a few other additives to determine the color. It wasn’t unusual for a luthier and a pharmacist to collaborate on this aspect! Very often, the pharmacist was the most knowledgeable person in a village to determine exactly what mineral needed to be added to a varnish to create a desired color. These oil-based varnishes are very soft and allow the instrument to vibrate without confinement.  Even today, oil varnishes are widely used in better grade string instruments, and over time they wear and develop a patina that gives each instrument a unique characteristic appearance.

4. The Purfling is There for an Important Reason

The purfling on the edges of a string instrument — the narrow decorative edge inlaid into the top plate and often the back plate as well — may appear to be purely ornamental, but actually has a very practical purpose. It serves to bind the top and back of the instrument and prevent cracks from forming as a result of changes in temperature and humidity. It also acts to strengthen the edges of the top and back to help withstand the kinds of minor bumps and bangs that occur during normal usage. To create it, the luthier first carves a channel along the edges of the top and back of the instrument and then inlays the purfling into that channel.

Close up of the joined edges of a violin.
Violin purfling.

5. Graduation is Important Too

Graduation is the process of thinning the top and back of a string instrument, and it’s the most time-consuming task in making such an instrument. Luthiers will remove thin layers of wood from the inside of the top in different places using a small wood plane. Each slice removed will change the sound of the finished instrument. This is where art and physics meet up, as each top will have different acoustic characteristics. It’s up to the skill of the luthier to determine when an instrument’s top will provide the best sound possible after it is finished … and it’s a skill that takes many years to develop. While there are some suggested patterns available as a guide for a luthier, in the end no two instruments will ever have the same graduation pattern.

Close-up image of hands using small tools on a piece of wood shaped like a violin.
A violin top being graduated.
Phorminx image via Wikimedia Commons. Sound post photo by Chris Guin, Electric Violin Shop.

 

Check out these related blog articles:

Five Things You May Not Know About String Instruments

When Do You Need to Go to a Luthier?

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha acoustic string instruments.

Meet Yamaha Master Educator Omar Thomas

Omar Thomas is an Assistant Professor of Composition at The University of Texas at Austin, Butler School of Music. He is helping educators rethink the way that they can build non-exclusionary curricula.  Feet firmly planted in the multiple worlds of music, Thomas is a leading voice in the belief that genres like classical and jazz aren’t actually so different. Seeking to provide access to different genres and stimulate open-mindedness within the classroom, he works with colleagues to direct progressive curriculum changes and increase communication between students and educators. Encouraging students to be “small in their greatness and great in their smallness,” Thomas has an honest, modern view on composition and musical growth. He inspires students and educators alike to test boundaries, supported by a belief that people are naturally going to stumble at times when they’re pioneers. While being hailed by Herbie Hancock as showing “great promise as a new voice in the further development of jazz in the future,” what greatly appeals to Thomas’ students and colleagues is that he understands how the musical concepts rooted in jazz or classical translate to other genres, and he strives to display musical diversity in his teaching.

Inspired by Nina Simone, Thomas believes that the mission of artists is to reflect the times and situations in which they find themselves, and he instills this value in his students and colleagues. He proudly wears his heart on his sleeve, encouraging students to bare their soul to the world through their music, understanding that the audience responds to authenticity and vulnerability.

“We’re encoding the stories of the past and the present so that we can have a clear and honest picture of who we’ve been, what we’re building upon, and where we’re going creatively — which is a reflection of our society. Lean into the music of the world you’re living in,” Thomas says.

Thomas is a passionate and engaging guest conductor, lecturer, clinician or artist-in-residence for any program.

A few of Omar Thomas’ session titles are:
  • The “Money” Notes: Coloring Dominants in Jazz Harmony
  • Beyond Key Signatures: Unlocking the Circle of Fifths
  • The Power of Mediant Harmonic Motion
  • The Post-Genre Era

To learn more about clinics by Omar Thomas, please contact Jalissa Gascho at jgascho@yamaha.com.

Into the Light

At long last, it’s a new year. 2020 is finally in the rear-view mirror.

It goes without saying that it was a challenging year for creativity, especially if you’re the kind of person who performs or shares their music with other humans in order to connect with them.

Okay, things might not have changed all that dramatically on January 1st — Cinderella’s pumpkin didn’t automatically turn back into a carriage. But at least we’re psychologically on the other side.

So why is it still so hard to resume making art?

There are certainly songs to be written about all the chaos that accompanied 2020 and lights at ends of tunnels. That said, you may intuit that people are tired of hearing about that — they’re ready to be uplifted. But it may be that’s exactly the feeling we need to confront before we can move forward into the light.

Such a song could serve to emotionally punctuate the moment and clear the way for new material. That’s why, in my opinion, it’s a song worth writing … even if nobody ever hears it but you. You count. And not all art is meant to be shared, anyway. Think of it as journaling. You keep going so that you can turn the page.

If you’re eager to jump back into the game, you may be wondering how to get re-inspired. It’s pretty challenging to collaborate these days since we’re still at a distance, so we may have to be our own catalyst.

In his article “Find Five Minutes—It Doesn’t Take That Long!”, Wilco’s Jeff Tweedy posits that inspiration isn’t everything. In fact, it’s “rarely the first step. When it does come out of the blue, it’s glorious. But it’s much more in your own hands than the divine‐intervention‐type beliefs we all tend to have about inspiration. Most of the time, inspiration has to be invited. … Pick up a guitar, and you’re much more likely to write a song.”

“Setting aside time to spend in the creative state — especially when I see how much time people spend on their phones — is something you can do every day,” Tweedy continues. “Knowing how to write a song isn’t going to help you much if you never find the inspiration or discipline to get started.”

There’s no specific exercise or process required to get started. In fact, it’s more about making a move. Surrendering to the cosmos. Being vulnerable and letting go. Believing that once we do get started, we’ll feel that familiar momentum.

What is it you’ve done in the past to fall into that zone? Can you go back there? What time of day was it? Were you home alone? Were you out walking or driving? Did listening to your favorite song make you feel emotionally connected and ready to create again?

My personal favorite part of creating a song (or a blog, or any piece of writing, for that matter) is when I’m almost done. When all I need is one more line or one more rhyme to feel I’ve come full circle. But you can’t get there unless you start somewhere.

Did you get gifted a new instrument from Santa last month? A journal with empty pages yearning to be filled? If so, perhaps you need to give the universe a sign that you’re ready.

It is a new year. We are standing in that light. I wish you all health and connection and I hope the universe RSVPs when you send it your invitation.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

Flutist Mimi Stillman’s Sweet Sounds

Flutist Mimi Stillman compares her role of managing the chamber music group Dolce Suono (“Sweet Sounds”) to running a small country.

Although she quickly gives credit to a strong team and dedicated board, Stillman’s roles as founder, artistic director and executive director mean she dives into “everything, from the minutia of scheduling rehearsals to grant writing, grant reporting, publicity, music licensing, development and donor relations.”

The actual programming is often done as a team. Because chamber music is a sort of conversation, having a literal conversation about the pieces the group plays makes sense, Stillman says.

Many of the performers are fellow Curtis alumni. Even if they didn’t overlap at the school, the shared experience creates a close-knit group.

Stillman loves planning new performances. “There’s a part of it that is conceptual, … coming up with a deep question or theme about the music and carrying it out in a project,” she says.

Bringing a new concept to life can be slow; one project took seven years from idea to performance. One reason is that Dolce Suono often commissions new pieces.

Stillman embraces the work. “Combining the two hats that I wear, as a musician and historian, and having our projects have that intellectual component reflecting those two areas is very, very rewarding,” she says.

Photo by Jolesch Photography


SupportED 2020v5n3 cover with Mimi StillmanThis article originally appeared in the 2020N3 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here

Mimi Stillman: Accomplished and Approachable

Mimi Stillman was only 12 years old when she started working toward her bachelor’s degree at the prestigious Curtis Institute of Music in Philadelphia.

“I did a lot of media interviews about being a prodigy, but I was very lucky,” she remembers. “I was just doing what I loved to do. I had the most supportive family and teachers who thought of me as a whole person and not just a music-playing being. [My family] made sure I always had balance and perspective in my life.”

Mimi Stillman as a child with Julius BakerHer lead teacher at Curtis was the legendary Julius Baker, who had been the principal flute for the New York Philharmonic for 18 years before retiring to focus on instruction. “He took me under his wing with great warmth and caring,” Stillman recalls. “I had long admired his playing on recordings. Even though he was rather senior when I began studying with him, Julie was in fantastic playing condition and would play in every lesson. I will never forget the overwhelming thrill of hearing his signature, lush Baker sound right beside me while we played duets.”

Baker, who became a beloved grandfather figure to the preteen Stillman, insisted that his students were their own best teachers — a philosophy Stillman has embraced throughout her career. “There was so much profundity to that,” she says. “You might spend an hour with your teacher, but you’re always with yourself. With time, I unpacked the depth and wisdom of what he was saying. You have to be critical, learn to listen, learn to help yourself. And hopefully when you become a teacher, you’ll pass along to your students the skills and independence to coach themselves.”

Beyond the technical skills, being your own teacher involves “questioning, learning, going beyond the notes,” Stillman says. “I’m always thinking of ways to do that myself and with my students.”

Debussy Devotee

Stillman graduated from Curtis at 17. Even though she immediately took on a full schedule of performing, including extensive travel, she juggled her flute career with an academic one, earning a master’s in history from the University of Pennsylvania.

After completing courses about art history, military strategy and medieval history throughout early modern Europe and Asia, Stillman wrote her thesis on the influence of Asian music on the French composer Claude Debussy.

“Since I was a child, I felt a kinship with Debussy’s writing for flute, which deepened into a scholarly interest,” Stillman says. In addition to her thesis, she arranged a book of Debussy songs and has written several articles on aspects of his music.

During the 2012-2013 season, Stillman’s chamber group, Dolce Suono Ensemble, presented a season-long series of concerts celebrating the composer’s 150th birthday. “At the same time, I celebrated Debussy’s birthday with my own personal project, which I called ‘Syrinx Journey.’ I performed and filmed his flute masterpiece, ‘Syrinx,’ every day for the entire year — in concert, in my living room, on a train, with friends. I started and ended on August 22, his birthday.”

Stillman uploaded all 366 videos to a special YouTube channel (Syrinx Journey) and continues to add bonus videos. “I never tire of the genius of this evocative piece,” she says.

An Academic Approach

The academic aspect of music is a crucial part of Stillman’s professional life. “I feel like music encompasses everything,” Stillman says. “It all works together. Playing music involves the physical. … It’s a skill; there’s drill [and] there’s daily practice. But the intellectual part always has to be active in the playing and the execution, but also the artistry, the expression, the learning, the interpretation about what you’re playing. And music also functions on a really emotional level, of course.”

Stillman explains that some musicians’ approach to learning new pieces is, “Let me learn the notes, and then I’ll figure out what they mean.” But for her, knowing the history and context of the music allows the work of interpretation to start right from the beginning.

Stillman writes most of her own album and program notes, and her appreciation for the past works its way into everything she does. “Intellectual content enriches the music,” she says.

In a  review of  Dolce Suono Ensemble, The New York Times captured her artistic goals: “Ms. Stillman is not only a consummate and charismatic performer but also a scholar. Her programs tend to activate ear, heart — and brain.”

Stillman constantly pushes herself to learn new skills — including new approaches to technology and social media to reach her audience. “My learning curve has been steep on how to share my music through technology,” she admits.

Embracing the challenge, Stillman launched a Facebook livestream series called “Tea with Mimi,” which mixes performance with discussion and education. “One of the greatest blessings about being a musician is that we get to grow our entire lives! I hope every day to become a better flutist and artist or at least to learn something in the process of trying,” Stillman says.

Another recent challenge has been learning how to improvise cadenzas in Mozart concertos — what Stillman calls “a daunting and mind-opening challenge!”

Mimi Stillman holding flute in front of a group of studentsConnecting with Students

Stillman laughs when asked if her past as a prodigy gives her any insight into the best way to teach music to kids. “As a 12-year-old and then teenager performing in professional settings, I never realized how young I was!” Stillman says. “I was doing what I love, having fun and making friends. It was only much later that I realized that I’ve had an unusual life in many ways.”

Stillman often visits schools to perform concerts and lead clinics. “Instilling an appreciation and a love for music — and a passion for making music — is really important,” she says. “If teachers are able to build lifelong listeners, that’s a huge success. And if they build someone who plays music all [his or her] life, even better.”

Beyond gaining a solid foundation in technique, young students should have an understanding of the music canon, Stillman says. “I have seen the power of [classical] music’s impact on people who have never heard it before,” she says.

One example from almost 20 years ago sticks with Stillman. Over the course of three days, she performed in front of 1,000 students in San Diego public schools, with classes in Spanish and English. “In a school with no music program, one little boy raised his hand during the Q&A and asked me if I would play the Mozart again,” she says. “Coming from a child who had probably never encountered Mozart before, it was awe-inspiring. I experienced firsthand the power of music as a universal language of communication.”

Stillman began teaching inner-city students in Philadelphia on a volunteer basis when she was around 14 and is now an artist-in-residence at Temple University.  “My experience has taught me to be creative and open-minded and most of all to be resourceful in solving problems and finding ways to unleash the musical spirit in my students,” she says. “An important part of being a musician is psychological and emotional, so being intuitive and sensitive to others is key.”

Stillman grew up speaking Spanish and English. “As a Spanish speaker, I feel a strong connection to Philadelphia’s Latino populations of all backgrounds,” she says.

Stillman’s Música en tus Manos (“Music in Your Hands”) program, operated by her chamber group Dolce Suono Ensemble and funded by an award from the Knight Foundation, puts on bilingual events including performances, presentations, and side-by-side performances with Latino students in Philadelphia.

Collaborative Learning and Listening

One of Stillman’s goals as a teacher is to show her students how to practice and interpret music for themselves. “I want to foster their development as independent, creative artists in their own right,” she says.

Stillman embraces teaching by example, inviting her students to be part of her day-to-day life. “My students see what I do as a performer, soloist, chamber musician and teacher,” she says. “They also see me as an entrepreneur. They see my career from close up, which makes them think about career paths for themselves.”

Stillman also teaches technique collaboratively. “During lessons, I demonstrate the pieces they’re working on as well as play duets … and flute ensemble works with [them],” she says. “We even warm up together with technical exercises at studio classes and before my studio recitals. I think this hands-on approach fosters strong skills and confidence in my students.”

The most important part of being your own teacher? Listening. “One of our main jobs as musicians is to listen,” she says. “At times, listening is very concrete — let’s listen for rhythm, let’s listen for intonation, let’s listen for the phrasing, let’s listen to our vibrato, let’s listen to ourselves and record it back.”

Listening can also be philosophical. “As musicians, we know in our mind how we want [the music] to sound. … There’s the concrete listening and the idealized listening.”

Stillman sums up the duality of her listening philoso­phy with a Pablo Picasso quote: “‘Everything you imagine is real,’” she says. “I think that’s so fitting for artists. We are constantly inventing a world for ourselves in music.”

 

Mimi Stillman At A GlanceMimi Stillman holding flute and teaching

Bachelor’s: Curtis Institute of Music

Master’s: University of Pennsylvania

Current Position: Artist-in-Residence at Temple University; Founder, Artistic Director and Executive Director of Dolce Suono Ensemble

Selected Recordings:

  • “American Canvas,” as part of Dolce Suono Trio
    with Lucy Shelton (2018)
  • “Freedom,” with pianist Charles Abramovic (2015)
  • “Odyssey: 11 American Premieres for Flute and
    Piano,” with pianist Charles Abramovic (2011)

Photos by Pete Checcia, Courtesy of Mimi Stillman and Joslesch Photography

 

SupportED 2020v5n3 cover with Mimi StillmanThis article originally appeared in the 2020N3 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here

Fix It: Timpani Teaching Tips

As you prepare for the next musical journey with your students, here are some ideas to help your young timpanists.

Timpani students need guidance as they are soloists who have a tremendous impact on both the pulse and intonation of your ensemble. Timpanists are both the “drum set player” and the “bass player” of the ensemble. That’s something I love about playing timpani.

A challenge for every timpanist — beginning and advanced — is always producing a quality sound on the instrument. Often, young timpanists may have a dark, muffled, dead tone when they play. A quality sound is impacted by two primary aspects — the correct beating spot and proper stroke production. Let’s examine both of these.

Download this Yamaha Drums and Percussion Care Checklist for Students now!

Fix It: Beating Spot

On timpani, you want a beating spot that both resonates and has the sound color (timbre) that you are after. As a player, I find that this spot is about 3 inches from the edge of the bowl. When I play here, I have a tone that rings and has a bright timbre that projects well. For a slightly darker timbre, you could be about 4 inches from the edge. If the beating spot is 6 inches or more from the edge, the tone becomes dead and “thuddy” and should be avoided. Remember, always listen to the sound you are producing whenever you play. The quality of the sound is paramount!

Related to beating spots, it is important for students to arrange the timpani so that the mallet heads stay in the proper beating spot as they move between the drums. Often, young players will pull the drums too close together, which results in their mallet heads missing the beating spots and going too close to the center of the head. A basic exercise of eighth-notes moving around the four drums will help students find both the correct drum setup and the correct beating spots.

Fix It: Stroke Production

Next, let’s examine proper stroke production. Whether your student is using German (matched) grip or French grip, the key concept for a quality sound is to have a tossing motion combined with a natural rebound. To teach this tossing motion, I have my students bounce a tennis ball on the floor. This bouncing action creates the exact relaxed flow in the forearm and wrist that we want with matched grip. Also, the bouncing ball is a great visual reinforcement for the rebound of the head.

male student playing timpani

Let’s pause for just a moment to mention French grip. As a player, I find this grip enables me to have more rebound off the head, and it produces the sound quality I want. Here is my approach to teaching it.

  • Extend your hands in front of your abdomen with elbows bent. Imagine you are holding a ball between your two hands.
  • Now imagine you are turning a doorknob with each hand.
  • Notice that your wrists are rotating instead of hinging (as they do in matched grip).
  • While rotating your wrists, pinch the thumb and first finger of each hand together.
  • Notice that your thumbs stay on top.
  • Pick up your mallets and rotate. They should move straight up and down.
  • Notice that the mallets do not go below horizontal and have a lot of upper mobility.

Now let’s apply the tossing motion to the timpani. With the mallet heads in the correct beating spot and using either grip, raise one mallet up to 12 inches, toss it toward the drum and release the grip at the moment it strikes. Notice how much the mallet rebounds off the head and the tone resonates. This is the type of rebound you want. Now, repeat the tossing motion but maintain a firm, relaxed grip and allow the mallet to rebound and follow-through off the head. The result is a big, full, focused quality of sound. When we combine the correct beating spot with a fluid stroke, the result is a great quality of sound.

Fix It: Quality Rolls

Another challenge for every timpanist is a quality roll. Remember that other than in rare instances, all rolls on timpani are single-stroke rolls. Our goal with a roll is to produce a quality sound that continues over time. As a player, our natural instinct is to play fast notes, but when we are too fast, it does not produce a good sound. We only need to play fast enough to keep the timpano head vibrating and resonating. To have students develop even, consistent rolls, have them practice a basic exercise such as:

R R R R R R R R |Rl Rl Rl Rl Rl Rl Rl Rl|

where the R hand is on the 16th notes and the Rl are 32nd notes. Start at about quarter-note = 60 and gradually increase to 100. Once the tempo gets faster, the roll will transition into sextuplets instead of 32nd notes, but the actual roll speed will be the same — relaxed and fluid. There will be slight modifications to this concept based on the size of the timpano because we will roll a bit slower on larger drums with low pitches and slightly faster on small drums with high pitches.

This roll control will take time to develop, but it can be practiced on a pad at home. Once this basic exercise is natural, apply it to half-note rolls with a release. Then adapt it to quarter-note and whole-note rolls. Watch your beating spots; maintain proper stroke production and always remember —the quality of the sound is paramount!

Fix It: Tuning

A last aspect I recommend is to help to your students learn to tune the timpani. For me, this was a significant challenge and took time to develop. Here are my suggestions to improve students’ tuning ability

  • Work with all your percussionists so they can match a pitch in their voice range.
  • Have them play and sing intervals [e.g., play A; sing A; play D; sing D; sing A-D perfect 4th].
  • Have them sing and play intervals [e.g., play A; sing A; sing D; play D to check].
  • Continue with “practical” timpani intervals both up and down [perfect 4th, perfect 5th, major triads, 5-note scales, half-step from any pitch; whole step from any pitch].

Some of this can be practices at home using a smartphone tuner app.

Once student can sing intervals, it is time to take the same process and move it to two timpani. Have them practice tuning various pitches without looking at the gauges. (In fact, you could cover them up). Here is my four-step process for tuning a pitch on a given timpani.

  • Yamaha Timpani PedalStep 1: Sound the pitch [e.g., piano, marimba, tuning fork, tuner app. I am not a fan of a pitch pipe].
  • Step 2: Sing the pitch.
  • Step 3: With the pedal in a low position, strike the head quietly one time and …
  • Step 4: Immediately move the pedal up to the pitch you are singing — the desired pitch.

If you are unsure of your tuning accuracy, repeat the process. As young timpanists become more adept with this, then the external singing becomes internal and the strike is very light.

During this ear-development process, it is vital to guide your students and encourage them. Yes, they will be out of tune at times. Help them “learn” what is flat, what is sharp and what is in tune. Guide them to be in tune. Remember, other instrumentalists have been tuning since they began. Your timpanist may have years of band before they “need” to tune, so it might take time for them to develop this ability.

While I write this, I am in the fourth month of the COVID-19 “shelter-in-place” guidelines. This means I have not been able to play timpani, and I miss it greatly! Once I get back to the drums, I will be using all of these fundamental techniques to return to playing form. For me, it is thrilling to be a pivot point for an ensemble and provide energy, support, color and rhythmic drive from my position as timpanist. I encourage you to pass this excitement on to your students!

If you have any questions about timpani and percussion, please contact me through my faculty page at Illinois State University School of Music.

I wish you all the best with your upcoming musical journeys!

How to Get Great Audio In Your Home Office

There’s no question that the corporate landscape has shifted dramatically in recent months, relocating millions of people from cubicles at their place of business to kitchen tables at home. It’s a watershed moment for us all, and especially for providers of technology, as this new WFH (work from home) demographic seeks solutions to optimize their performance and productivity in makeshift office spaces.

Even those fortunate enough to have a private, dedicated area from which to work can benefit from the inclusion of audio technology. In this article, we’ll tell you how to get great audio in your home office, however modest or expansive it might be.

Audio Keeps You Connected

It’s easy to feel isolated and disconnected from clients and colleagues when working from home. Thankfully, good Wi-Fi® connectivity and video conferencing software are helping remote workers maintain close contact virtually. It may not have the same impact as in-person meetings, but you still get the wealth of information that facial expressions, hand gestures, and body posture can impart.

All these visual cues mean nothing, however, if you have to strain to hear the conversation — or, just as bad, if the people at the other end of the line can’t hear you. Intelligible audio is critical to conducting business and conveying a professional work-from-home image, yet it can be tough to pull off in a household setting. There are countless distractions — kids, barking dogs, the doorbell, the neighbor’s lawnmower — that can pull you mentally away from the conversation, and the microphone in your computer can pick up a lot of background noise, making it tough on everyone. The problem is exacerbated if you have to conduct conference calls from the kitchen, living room or other shared space, so even if you make your best efforts to stay focused, your ears can struggle to hear what’s coming from the computer speakers.

Minimize Distraction with Headphones and Earbuds

Fortunately, there’s an easy and affordable solution: Turn off your computer’s speakers and put on a pair of headphones or earbuds instead. Headphones and earbuds serve the critical function of muffling extraneous noise so you can focus on listening to what is being said during a virtual meeting. They also give your family members an important visual cue — a clear indication that you are in work mode and should not be disturbed. And if you’re the type of person who likes to work with background music — a proven productivity booster — they can bring music to your ears without disrupting others.

Over-the-ear noise cancelling headphones provide excellent isolation, removing virtually all extraneous noise. What’s more, wireless models like the Yamaha YH-E700A allow you to stay connected and engaged even when you leave your desk for a cup of coffee. The YH-E700A provides a number of useful work-from-home technologies, such as Listening Optimizer, which adapts the incoming sound to your environment, and an Ambient Sound mode for those times when you need to hear what’s happening around you (such as, for example, a child in need) in addition to the audio coming from your computer.

Yamaha YH-E700A headphones.
Yamaha YH-E700A headphones.

If you find headphones too constraining and isolating, consider using earbuds like the Yamaha TW-E3C instead. Like the YH-E700A, these are wireless, giving you the freedom to move around the room, and, like the YH-E700A, they offer a special feature called Listening Care, which provides automatic equalization for full-range sound and intelligibility even at low listening volumes. And although TW-E3C earbuds are smaller than headphones, they still pack a powerful punch, and they’re comfortable and safe enough to wear all day.

A young woman wearing a pair of earbuds.
Yamaha TW-E3C earbuds.

As a bonus, both the TW-E3C and the YH-E700A can be used to make phone calls and send verbal commands. By engaging a tap-to-talk button, you can tell your voice assistant to turn on the music, dim the lights, even answer the doorbell, as long as those devices are compatible with voice control platforms.

Mix Business with Pleasure by Using Sound Bars and Wireless Speakers

If you’d rather get your home office audio from standard speakers, there are countless options. Yamaha offers a wide range of wireless models that can be easily integrated into a home office setting — as well as in other rooms of the house — allowing you to effortlessly mix business with pleasure. From business-related podcasts and stock reports to after-hours rock and roll, dedicated music speakers provide audio quality far superior to that of ordinary computer speakers. Choose wireless models like the Yamaha MusicCast 20 (small enough to fit on any desktop) or MusicCast 50 (for larger rooms) and you won’t even have to run any cabling, allowing you to hear what you need to hear in any room of your house — even out on your patio.

MusicCast-20
Yamaha MusicCast 20.

MusicCast-50
Yamaha MusicCast 50.

In fact, with the right speakers and computer display, a dedicated home office can function as a home theater when you clock out. If you like the size and resolution of your computer monitor, the transformation is as simple as connecting a Yamaha SR-C20A sound bar to your setup. You’ll get the full surround sound effect, as well as deep bass from its built-in subwoofer. The SR-C20A is the perfect compact size too. It measures a mere 23 inches wide, so you’ll hardly sacrifice any amount of surface on your desk surface; alternatively, it can easily be wall-mounted.

Yamaha SR-C20A speaker on desktop under computer monitor.
Yamaha SR-C20A.

If you want to take your after-hours entertainment a step further, consider investing in a large flat-panel display and add an integrated sound bar like the Yamaha SR-B20A, which has a built-in subwoofer for that powerful low-end punch. If you need a better way to watch the news and other business-related content, or require a bigger view of online presentations while you work (with commensurately bigger sound), this is just the ticket … plus, when you’re not working, you can use your home office to entertain friends and family.

Yamaha SR-B20A mounted on wall under tv in living room.
Yamaha SR-B20A.

Listening to the Audio Needs of Your Home Office

Solid communication and collaboration are essential in any work environment. So when the home office becomes your only office, the technology that drives the audio — be it conversations from a videoconferencing session, an online business course, a recorded presentation or productivity-boosting background music — needs to stand up to the unique challenges of a work-from-home setting. A pair of high-quality headphones, wireless speakers and/or a sound bar can help turn every kind of space — from an ordinary guest bedroom to a corner in the kitchen or anywhere else you plop your laptop — into a functional, productive home office.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha YH-E700A wireless headphones.

Click here for more information about Yamaha TW-E3C wireless earbuds.

Click here for more information about Yamaha MusicCast 20 wireless speakers.

Click here for more information about Yamaha MusicCast 50 wireless speakers.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha SR-C20A sound bar.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha SR-B20A sound bar.

8 Cost-Effective Tips to Improve Your Recordings

“Going virtual” was something that terrified even the most seasoned and skilled music educators, but it is now a reality for all of us.

And while most music educators have become proficient in the various online teaching tools to conduct classes, virtual instruction isn’t an ideal way to observe students perform, which limits our ability to provide meaningful feedback. Likewise, it is harder for students to observe us via a computer as their models for performance standards. Streaming services have worked for some, but they do not compare to in-person teaching. As a result, recording performances for feedback has become standard practice for lessons and assessments across our industry.

The quality of these recordings is likely the largest hurdle for students and instructors. Poor quality recordings limit the amount of usable information obtained. Historically, creating audio and video recordings of decent quality required specialized skills and equipment. With advancements in software and technology, creating effective recordings is within reach of most musicians. Below are some tips and tricks to get you started.

READ: Home Studio Troubleshooting Tips, Part 1: Hardware

1. Useful and Versatile Softwareshot of computer screen with video editing software

Working in a recording-based semester requires the ability to view and manipulate various audio files. Most home computers come out of the box equipped with enough software to get started. However, you may find your device can’t view or manipulate some files the way you would like. To help, there is a myriad of free and economical software to get the job done.

Check out these helpful software applications:

  • VLC Player — If your computer can’t open an audio or video file, try this universal, can-play-anything media player.
  • K-Lite Codec Pack — Media files are encoded and decoded using codecs. A good codec pack like K-lite can often enable your favorite player to play files it normally wouldn’t be able to. It can also give your player functions it normally can’t perform. In many cases, it can allow media players to access menu options, such as subtitles and language options, in files that have those options within them. While a universal player like VLC Player is typically a simpler solution, the K-lite Codec Pack provides more options and functions while allowing you to retain your favorite media player. There is a higher chance of the codec pack not working compared to a universal player as you are asking two or more pieces of software made by different companies to cooperate on a single task.
  • Audacity — This free recording platform is able to do most of what a professional recording software can do. Audacity allows you to record, cut and alter audio files with a greater degree of control than the voice recorder or similar app that typically comes with a new computer, smartphone or tablet.
  • Shotcut — What Audacity is to audio, Shotcut is to video. It is a free video editing software that can do most basic video editing and file converting processes. This is helpful for editing videos. Shotcut comes in handy particularly when you have a recording device that only creates files in a format that is exclusive to specific operating systems.
  • Windows Media Player — This media player is free and available to Windows users. Although Windows Media Player has recently been replaced by Groove Music as the go-to media player for the Windows OS, it is still useful because of its longevity and compatibility with codec packs.
  • iMovie — This video-editing software comes installed on all Apple computers. iMovie provides most of the features of a professional software application with limits in fine-detailed editing.
  • Movie Maker – The Windows version of iMovie, Movie Maker is great for getting started as it will let you cut and splice video files together. Its editing capabilities are a bit limited, but it does more than enough for simpler projects.

Many universities and school districts provide software to employees and students for free. In most organizations, you should contact the IT department about software. In some larger school districts, curriculum departments can also provide software to meet educational needs. Often, one department may not know what other departments have, so don’t be afraid to inquire these various avenues within your school or organization.

There will be a learning curve with all software, but luckily you can find tutorials covering just about any process in any software online. Not all advice from tutorials works in all situations equally well. You will need to experiment with the platform to find how it best works for you. Keep it simple and experiment with one or two elements at a time.

Start with small improvements, which will lead to noticeable changes down the road. Like with anything else, discovery and proficiency will come after slow and consistent practice.

READ: Home Studio Troubleshooting Tips, Part 2: Computer and Software

2. Treat Your Recording Space

Many homemade recordings are subpar, which makes understanding their content difficult. Sometimes the audio is too quiet or too noisy. Frequently, the audio sound is boxy, devoid of the dynamics and tone that reflects the actual playing. Most of the time, these issues are because the room creates acoustic problems for the microphone. Thankfully, the solutions are quick and inexpensive.

The most common reasons for bad audio on recordings are the hard surfaces in a room that reflect sound waves, which can fill the room with additional sound that detracts from audio clarity. Flat surfaces can reflect sound waves directly back toward their source, amplifying the issue. Two parallel flat surfaces like the walls of a typical room can ruin your recording. The sound waves bounce back and forth like a ping pong ball across your microphone, which creates harshness, “boxiness” or distortion. Any device that can auto adjust volume levels, sometimes known as auto-leveling, will try to account for this extra sound by adjusting the sensitivity of the recording. Instead of an overall harsher sound, auto-leveling can result in flattened dynamics and a lifeless tone.

set up for video taping with blankets on rolling whiteboards and gong racksYou can negate some of the effects of the hard surfaces in your recording space by placing soft surfaces in front of them (see photo to the right). This is called “treating the room.” These soft surfaces absorb some of the sound waves instead of reflecting them. Where you place the soft surfaces can increase their effect. You can purchase a reflection filter that isolates the preferred sound and minimizes the sound of the room. However, a do-it-yourself, economic alternative is to throw blankets over something tall like an extended cymbal stand or large gong rack. To be most effective, these soft surfaces should be placed either directly behind the microphone or directly in line with where the microphone is pointed, such as behind the performer. Even placing the recording device in front of couch pillows or a towel-draped music stand can go a long way.

Also, try to find ways to break up parallel surfaces. With hard surfaces facing a variety of directions, the sound waves are reflected at more angles. This is known as acoustic diffusion and can be used to create resonance without overloading your microphone. Bookshelves are an easy and cheap way to do — and most people already have them in their home. See NPR’s Tiny Desk Concerts Tiny Desk Concerts for a great use of bookshelves as acoustic diffusers.

READ: Better Monitoring for Better Mixes

3. Use More Space

The size of your recording room contributes greatly to what you can achieve in terms of recording quality. Smaller rooms can be problematic because the walls are closer to the instrument, microphone and each other. This close proximity can exacerbate the negative effects of those walls. It’s also easier to over play the room because it contains less air and gives the sound less space to develop. It’s possible to achieve high-quality results in a small space, but it requires more equipment and skill.

Microphone placement is critical in achieving effective recordings, and a larger room gives you more options of where to place your microphones. Generally speaking, more space leads to a more successful recording.

4. Location of Your Recording Device

The closer the microphone is to the instrument, the stronger the signal. Too close, and you can overload the microphone, leading to distortion or compression from auto-leveling. Too far, and the microphone won’t pick up enough sound to generate a good recording. Also, as the microphone gets farther from the instrument, the room’s acoustics become a larger part of your recording. You need to find the sweet spot that allows for a great instrument sound, but this sweet spot will change based on the microphone and the room.

In the band room at the University of Kentucky, for example, a good snare drum sound can be achieved with a distance of about 6 to 7 feet between the instrument and the microphone when using large diaphragm condenser or laptop microphones. However, with a handheld recording device equipped with small diaphragm condenser microphones, 4 to 5 feet (or four floor tiles) works better. You will need to experiment to find the distances at which your devices provide the optimal audio for different instruments.

Each instrument projects in a unique manner. Timpani and acoustic keyboards can really benefit from being recorded from above, while the snare drum and trumpet often sound better with the microphone lower and farther away. In addition to distance, don’t be afraid to experiment with the height of the device to record the best sound.

READ: How to Place and Use Microphones Correctly

5. Gain and How to Use It

Recording with a dedicated video recorder or using a microphone will allow you to adjust gain settings, which controls how much sound will be picked up by the device. If gain is too high, you’ll be able to hear unwanted sounds, such as HVAC systems, lights, pedal movements from a keyboard instrument or even people talking outside the room. When gain is too high, it also runs the risk of overloading a microphone, causing distortion.

If gain is too low, the microphone won’t pick up the full tone of an instrument, and you won’t hear as much detail. As of a rule of thumb, louder environments and instruments require lower gain settings. Find the sweet spot by playing the loudest and softest points of a piece, then listen back for the desired tone quality at both levels. When assessing the play back, use headphones to hear details. The speaker on your recording device will not be able to reproduce all the frequencies that were recorded. Headphones allow you to isolate any issues.

Gain and the distance of the microphone from the sound source work in tandem. The farther the microphone is positioned from the instrument, the higher your gain settings will need to be. Every situation requires a unique combination of gain and microphone distance.

Many smartphones and tablets do not give you the ability to access the gain settings. Instead, newer models often have very active auto-leveling, which has led to a huge increase in the quality of audio recordings. Athough these automatic adjustments provide decent-sounding audio, they can lead to inaccurate recording. The device may automatically adjust the gain setting to prevent overloading the microphone, which means the dynamic range of the recording will be altered and misrepresented. The device may also be engaged in dynamic range compression, which adjusts the recording so the quietest and loudest moments fit within a desired volume range. Dynamic range compression can alter the tone quality of the instrument. These automatic adjustments do not render the recordings they make useless. But both instructor and student must be aware of these effects.

READ: Get Ready, Get Set…Mix!

6. The Direction Your Microphone Faces

It is important to know where your device is capturing sound. If you’re using a phone, is the microphone on the front, back, bottom or side of the device? If you’re using a video camera, is the mic on the front? If using a microphone, is it a side or top address mic?

This information is crucial to avoid poor sound quality. For example, if the microphone is on the screen-side of a phone or tablet you are using to record, know that your microphone is likely pointed in the opposite direction of your phone’s best camera. This means you may be inadvertently recording the sound that bounces off the wall behind the camera rather than recording the instrument directly.

7. Video Tips

set up for video taping with blankets on rolling whiteboards and using natural light from windowsWith recording devices becoming more and more automated, obtaining good video is increasingly easy. Nearly all current smart phones are capable of producing semi-professional-level videos and are becoming the camera of choice for those on a budget. However, the recording device can only do so much. You can help make your recording better by giving it good, quality light and good placement compared to its subject matter.

Your camera needs light the way a microphone needs sound. Too much and the images become washed out. Not enough and you lose details, and the images become dark. The angle of the light matters as well. Ambient light is good but supplement it with additional light placed behind and to the side of the camera so that the subject is illuminated more on one side than the other. This can be accomplished by setting the camera in a place that allows a window to supply that extra light.

The quality of the light also matters. Some incandescent light bulbs have a yellow light that can distort the color of the video, which in turn can detract from the clarity of the image. Any attempt by the camera to correct for this color imbalance can lead to reduced clarity as well. With LED lights becoming more common, artificial light is more white — similar to sunlight — and will not negatively affect the color of the image. When in doubt, a window can be a great solution for adding additional light when recording during the day (see photo above).

percussionist playing in front of dark blanket to create contrast Also, consider what needs to be in the frame. Think of all the elements of your students’ performance that you observe when you teach them in person. Ask your students to do their best to include those elements in the recording — and you must do the same. For example, you will need to see their hands, arms and upper body for just about any instrument. Wind players will need to include their face as well. Asking them to film themselves in front of a solid color that contrasts with their skin tone can lead to clearer images and make up for poor lighting situations. I frequently record myself in front of a black sheet of fleece that acts both as a sound dampener as well as color contrast (see photo to the left).

8. File Sharing

Audio and video files can be extremely large. This makes them hard to store and share, and slow to download. Email attachments have a relatively low size range, making many media files too large to email. Uploading files to a cloud storage system, such as Google Drive or Dropbox, is ideal.  Using cloud storage gives multiple people access to files without having to send an actual copy of it through email or transfer it on a flash drive, leading to smoother and quicker access to the files you need.

However, cloud storage services limit how much space you can use. Large files can consume your allotted space quickly if not monitored. Large files also take longer to upload and download.

You and your students must keep file sizes under control. Many devices produce audio and video files in an uncompressed form, such as .wav or .aiff, which can be compressed into a .mp3 or .mp4 file to save space. Agreeing as a studio or class to use specific file formats can help ensure file sizes remain reasonable.

Another reason to agree on specific files formats is the use of restricted file formats, like .mov or .wma. Some of these restricted files can’t be played with the default media player that comes with your device. Converting these file types to a universal format can also be difficult. Again, agreeing as a class to only use specific file formats, such as the universal .mp3 or .mp4, will ensure that your virtual lessons go smoothly.

Rather than sharing actual files and worrying about file formats, students and teachers could use a video-hosting site like YouTube or Vimeo. These sites can provide the smoothest way to share files as the users only need to share a URL. The hosting site takes care of all other details, such as file formatting. However, these services can be a bit tedious to use on the back end of the program with their settings, forms and processing time.

Only you and your students can establish what is best for your class. Agreeing to a set procedure for sharing files limits the amount of “lost” files due to using too many services and methods.

Next Steps

As recording becomes a larger part of what music educators and students do, you may want to take the experiences you’ve developed and take them to the next level. Consider buying a recording bundle consisting of a stand-alone microphone, which can increase the accuracy of your recording sound, and an audio interface, which transfers what the microphone catches onto your computer. Alongside your phone’s video camera, you can have increased control over the sound of your recordings.

There are many brands and types of microphones. Generally speaking, a cardioid condenser microphone is best for ambient recording. Trust brand names because it is easy to obtain low-quality microphones from unknown companies.

Your microphones and interface must be paired with recording and video-editing software (see “1. Useful and Versatile Software” at the beginning of this article) to cut the audio and align it to the video. This is not a quick “shoot-and-send” method and involves a few more steps and considerations. However, it will produce higher quality videos and will be an invaluable skill for our evolving industry.

Please keep in mind that the recording process can be confusing and frustrating. Keep seeking solutions. Experiment with room setup and device settings and keep looking for the best way to share your recordings. All this work will eventually lead to a smoother virtual experience as we strive to refine our virtual instruction.

Using Subgroups

A subgroup, sometimes called an aux group, aux track, aux bus, sub bus or Group Channel, is an auxiliary channel in your DAW’s mixer to which you can route any number of tracks. Think of it as a temporary destination for the selected tracks before they’re sent on to the master output (also known as the stereo output, master bus, master track or 2-bus). Subgroups allow you to adjust the level of multiple tracks — without in any way altering their relative balance — with the touch of a single fader. What’s more, they enable you to apply processing to all these tracks simultaneously.

Ready to take a deep dive into how this all works? Read on.

Why Subgroup?

Subgroups have their origin in analog mixing consoles. Because they were hardware components built into the mixer, there would only ever be a fixed number of them available. Their implementation in today’s DAWs is much more flexible. You can create as many of them as you need, and you can even route one subgroup into another for additional control (more about this shortly).

Nonetheless, you should avoid creating a routing scheme that’s too complex. That would defeat the purpose. You want your subgroups to simplify your mix, not complicate it.

Creating Subgroups

Before getting into how to use subgroups, let’s look at how you create them. In Steinberg Cubase, you generate a subgroup (called a “Group Track”) by selecting the channels you want included in it, then right-clicking and choosing “Add Group Channel to selected channels”:

Screenshot showing user creating a group track in Cubase.
Creating a Group Track in Cubase.

There’s also a manual way to create a subgroup. This simple two-step process should work in any DAW:

1. Create an auxiliary channel (a “Group Channel” in Cubase). Give it a short descriptive name that will be readable on a single channel of your DAW’s mixer. (If it’s too long, the name will be truncated and hard to read.) For example, if you’re creating a subgroup for drums, you could name it something like “Drum Grp” or “Drum Sub.”

2. Change the output routing of each track that you want included the subgroup, so that instead of it going to the master output (or wherever it is currently routed), its destination is the input of the subgroup you just created.

Now, when you hit play on your DAW’s transport, the audio from the tracks you assigned will go to the subgroup instead of the master output. In most DAWs, the subgroup’s output will automatically be routed to the master output, although you can usually change that if you want to send it somewhere else (for example, to another subgroup).

A screenshot showing the output indicators.
The outputs of the circled vocal tracks are routed to the “BG VX” subgroup.

Using Subgroups

Now let’s look at some examples of how to use subgroups, starting with their most common application. Imagine you have a project with multiple tracks of drums, and you’ve adjusted the volumes of each individual track to get the overall balance you want. But after adding in other mix elements, you find that the entire kit needs to come down in volume. Sure, you could bring down each fader individually while trying to maintain the balance, but, believe me, that’s a tricky process. However, if those tracks are routed to a drum subgroup, you can easily alter the overall drum level with a single fader, leaving the overall balance unchanged.

Screenshots showing the lever before and after moving it.
Moving a subgroup fader doesn’t affect the balance of the tracks assigned to it.

Or let’s say you have a number of background vocal tracks that you want to EQ and compress. Rather than inserting individual EQ and compressor plug-ins on each track, you could send them all to a subgroup, insert an EQ and a compressor on just that one channel, and process them all together. Not only will you save time, but you’ll use way fewer plug-ins, which conserves CPU resources.

As shown in the illustration below, a technique I like to use when mixing is to create one subgroup for all the vocals (which I call “Vocal Sub”) and another one for all the instruments (“Inst Sub”). If I have multiple drum tracks, I might also create a subgroup for them (called “Drum Sub”) that is routed into the Instruments subgroup. Similarly, if I have several background vocals, I might make a subgroup for them (“BG VX Sub”) and route its output to the Vocals subgroup. This allows me to easily alter the balance between vocals and instruments (and also have control over drums and background vocals on one fader each), which is something I often end up doing in a mix. This is something that would take a lot longer if I had to move each individual fader!

A schematic showing subgroup routing for a mix.
My typical subgroup routing during a mix.

VCA OK?

When you change levels with subgroup faders, there is one potential problem: If you send audio from any of the individual tracks in the subgroup to an aux effect (an “FX Channel” in Cubase) and lower or raise the subgroup fader, it changes the relationship between the volume of the tracks and the volume of the effects. The lower you move the subgroup fader, the higher the ratio of the processed-to-dry signal and vice-versa. In other words, moving the subgroup fader will change your effects balance. As a result, you may need to readjust the output levels on your FX Channels or the levels of the effects sends on the individual tracks to compensate.

One way around this is to assign a VCA fader to the target tracks instead of creating a subgroup. VCA stands for Voltage Controlled Amplifier, which is a type of analog amplifier. In a DAW, a VCA is a control that allows you to simultaneously adjust selected tracks for level, muting and soloing. Unlike a subgroup channel, no audio passes through a VCA.

A before and after set of screenshots showing what happens when the VCA fader moves the faders of the tracks.
A VCA fader moves the faders of the tracks assigned to it.

If you were to grab several channel faders and move them simultaneously and identically, you’d be doing the same thing a VCA does. Because it’s only moving individual channel faders, it doesn’t affect the wet/dry balance with any aux effects like a subgroup fader does.

Each DAW that implements VCAs has its own method for creating and assigning tracks to them. In Cubase, it’s a simple matter of selecting the tracks to be controlled, right-clicking and choosing “Add VCA Fader to Selected Channels”:

Screenshot showing dropdown list for a user creating a VCA Fader in Cubase.
Creating a VCA Fader in Cubase.

The downside of a VCA fader is that it doesn’t allow you to add processing to the selected tracks the way a subgroup does. It is possible to create subgroups to process multiple tracks simultaneously, as well as VCAs to control the tracks’ volumes, but that might be excessive, depending on the situation and your computer’s resources.

As you can see, subgroups help you keep your mixes organized and efficient. If you haven’t incorporated them into your mixing workflow, you’re missing out on a powerful tool!

For more information about using subgroups in live sound, check out this article.

Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

 

Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

The History of Musical Genres, Part 4: R&B and Soul

For nearly a century, rhythm and blues (R&B) and its later offspring, soul, have provided a soundtrack for the everyday hardships and joys of life in the American experience. In this article, we’ll explore the roots of these genres, and take a look at some of the most influential R&B and soul artists of all time.

The Rise of R&B

Famed record producer Jerry Wexler is credited with coining the name “rhythm and blues” as a marketing device in the late 1940s. R&B is part of the larger continuum of Black music created in America and flows from the convergence of blues, big band swing, and gospel. The development of the genre and the growth of its popularity coincided with the second migration of African Americans from the south and rural areas to large cities like Chicago and New York following World War II.

One of the genre’s earliest practitioners, bandleader and saxophonist Louis Jordan — who also co-composed the 1944 hit song “Is You Is or Is You Ain’t My Baby” — used elements that would come to define R&B. These included the shuffle rhythm, boogie-woogie bass lines, and short horn patterns or riffs. “The songs featured the use of African American vernacular, humor and vocal call-and-response sections between Jordan and the band,” wrote ethnomusicologist Mark Puryear in a 2016 story in Smithsonian Magazine.

In the 1960s, the sound of R&B was largely influenced by Motown, the legendary Detroit-based record company started by songwriter/producer Berry Gordy Jr. Its roster of artists included dozens of legendary performers whose music would resonate for generations, such as Marvin Gaye, Smokey Robinson, Stevie Wonder, Diana Ross and the Supremes, Martha and the Vandellas, the Commodores, and, later, the Jackson 5. Many of Motown’s hits were penned by the songwriting team of Holland-Dozier-Holland (brothers Brian and Eddie Holland, and Lamont Dozier), including “Heat Wave,” “Baby Love” and “How Sweet It Is (To Be Loved by You).” The skill of the backing musicians on Motown recordings — including drummer Benny Benjamin and the legendary bassist James Jamerson — also played a large role in shaping the sound and “feel” of R&B.

Even in a record company loaded with superstars and future hall of famers, there are standouts. Gordy once called Marvin Gaye “the truest artist I’ve ever known. And probably the toughest.” More than just an expressive R&B crooner with an astounding four-octave range, Gaye also penned his own songs. “Rarely has a musician had as great an impact on American culture as music legend Marvin Gaye,” said CBS News’ Rome Neal in a 2004 story about the singer’s lasting influence. In 2016, Gaye was inducted into the Songwriters Hall of Fame, who noted that he had “helped to shape R&B for a generation.” The honor came not only for Gaye’s own work — hits like “What’s Going On” and “I Heard It Through the Grapevine” — but also for songs written for his peers, such as “Dancing in the Street” for Martha and the Vandellas.

Another artist/songwriter who was crucial in the development of the so-called “Motown sound” was Smokey Robinson, the soulful leader of the vocal group known as the Miracles. During his decades-long career, Robinson wrote more than 1,000 songs, including “The Tracks Of My Tears,” “My Guy” (a hit for Mary Wells), and “The Way You Do the Things You Do,” popularized by the Temptations.

Stevie Wonder, who turned 70 this year, started his career with Motown at age 11, wowing audiences with his vocals and harmonica skills on the hit song “Fingertips – Pt. 2.” As the former child star matured, his skills expanded to synthesizers, drum machines and samplers. These modalities played a large role during what some refer to as Wonder’s classical period, which began in 1972 with the albums Music of My Mind and Talking Book, followed by Innervisions a year later, Fulfillingness’ First Finale in 1974 and Songs in the Key of Life in 1976. “What Stevie symbolized, especially during that time, is a fullness of the black experience,” said Zandria Robinson, professor of African American studies at Georgetown University, in a story for theundefeated.com. “Stevie is the black documentarian of the 1970s.”

Soul Men (and Women)

Sometime in the 1950s and early 1960s there was a co-mingling of R&B, gospel and jazz that led to the creation of soul. “When those three styles collided, soul’s big bang occurred,” said music writer Lois Wilson in a Telegraph article entitled “Life and Soul.” “Ray Charles and Sam Cooke laid the groundwork,” she says, “secularizing the sanctified with effusive vocal, stirring lyrics and deep rhythmic feeling: Ray with 1954’s “I Got A Woman,” Sam with 1957’s “You Send Me.”

At times, soul can sound a lot like R&B, but the genre’s best performers use the power and dexterity of their voice to tell their stories. Think of Aretha Franklin’s wail or the crooning of Al Green. The power of their storytelling lies in the subtleties of their vocals.

Like many Black artists, Sam Cooke honed his skills in the choir loft. He would later sing lead for the Soul Stirrers, a popular gospel quartet in the late 1940s. But Cooke was destined for bigger things and left the group in 1957 to pursue a path in secular music. He wrote (or co-wrote) many of the songs he sang, and also served as a mentor to other artists, jump-starting the careers of Billy Preston, Bobby Womack and Lou Rawls by helping them transition from the church to the bandstand. “What made brother Sam Cooke so special is he would stand flat-footed and kill you with one song,” said legendary singer James Brown in an interview with Dick Clark on the TV show American Bandstand. “If I had half the voice that Sam had, I would quit dancing.”

Ray Charles may have left us over a decade ago, but our musical memories keep him alive. “So much so that it’s a challenge to think of anyone else who ever performed such songs as “Georgia On My Mind,” “What’d I Say” and “You Don’t Know Me,” wrote Owen Edwards in Smithsonian Magazine. “Brother Ray” might often perform other genres of music, but no matter the tune, he was always singing soul. He also knew how to manipulate his voice to convey the feeling of the lyrics. “He could belt like a blues shouter and croon like a pop singer,” wrote Jon Pareles and Bernard Weinraub in their 2004 Ray Charles obituary in the New York Times, “and he used the flaws and breaks in his voice to illuminate emotional paradoxes. Even in his early years, he sounded like a voice of experience, someone who had seen all the hopes and follies of humanity.”

And then there’s the Queen of Soul: Aretha Franklin. Franklin’s instrument — her remarkable voice — made her much larger than the soul genre that so often defined her. The daughter of a Baptist minister, Franklin began her career as a child singing in church, but embarked on a secular career at the age of 18, finding acclaim and commercial success after signing with Atlantic Records in 1966. The label was also home to the aforementioned Jerry Wexler, who would produce both Franklin’s signature song “Respect” (written by fellow soul singer Otis Redding) and her 1967 mega-hit “(You Make Me Feel) Like a Natural Woman.” The impact Aretha Franklin had was lasting and profound, not just on her peers but on scores of R&B singers to follow — Natalie Cole, Whitney Houston, Mariah Carey and Alicia Keys among them.

Without R&B, there would be no soul music … and without the inspiration of jazz and gospel, there would be neither. Fortunately for us all, the convergence of these many different genres gave birth to music that will live on forever.

 

Check out the other articles in our “History of Musical Genres” series.

Chuck Leavell: A Life In Music and Conservation

Mention the name Chuck Leavell to a knowledgeable music fan and you’re likely to hear about a first-call keyboardist who’s played with a dizzying list of famous artists over more than 50 years, including stints with the Allman Brothers, the Rolling Stones, Dr. John, the Black Crowes, Train and John Mayer. Mention the name Chuck Leavell to people in the field of environmental conservation and they’ll probably identify him as a leading American authority on land management, founder of the Mother Nature Network website (now Treehugger.com), author of three books about sustainable forestry and the 1999 winner of the National Outstanding Tree Farmers of the Year Award from the American Tree Farm System, as well as one of only three recipients of an Honorary Forest Ranger award from the U.S. Forest Service.

Here’s the catch: Those two Chuck Leavells are actually one and the same person.

The Tree Man

Intrigued? You can find out much more in the recent documentary film by director Allen Farst, Chuck Leavell: The Tree Man, which explores the piano virtuoso’s fascinating dual life. Interviews with colleagues and pals like Mick Jagger, Keith Richards, Dickey Betts, Eric Clapton and David Gilmour are a big draw, but arguably more memorable — in part because they’re so unexpected — are the sequences that capture Leavell surveying and working the land on the 4,000-acre estate in Twiggs County, Georgia, that he manages with his wife of 47 years, Rose Lane.

Chuck Leavell riding horse through wooded area.

“I’m equally as passionate about doing that work as I am about working in music,” Leavell says over the phone from his home in Savannah, “and I feel blessed in both regards. One of the things that makes it interesting for me is that [forestry] is 180 degrees different in terms of careers and what it takes. You know, when we’re out rockin’ and rollin’ — and boy, do I miss it! — it’s an electric atmosphere. Big cities, big crowds, travel, travel, travel. And then when I get home and I hear the sound of the wind through the pines and leaves crunching under my feet rather than honk-honk, beep-beep and everything that goes on in the city, it really provides a fantastic balance for me.”

Leavell’s second career began in 1981, when his wife inherited a 1,200-acre plot of land from her grandmother. Rose Lane’s family has farmed and logged in the area for more than 200 years, and had bought this particular plot in the 1930s. “I took it very seriously,” he remembers, “that this was now our responsibility, to carry on a heritage of stewardship that her family had begun generations back. And I just felt a real need to educate myself, to learn as much as I could, and to be hands-on — not just pass it off to consultants or advisers but to get my hands dirty, to learn what it’s like to be a forester.”

A Journey of Self-Education

Some of that learning came via various in-laws, who were of course highly familiar with the land. And the more Leavell learned, the more interested he became, and the more he wanted to learn. “When I went on my self-education journey, the first thing I did was go to the library and check out books on land use,” he notes. “I went to government sources, which were quite good. What’s now called the NRCS, the Natural Resources Conservation Service, had great pamphlets about forestry. I went to meetings and seminars, I went to other landowners and asked questions.” He even took a forestry correspondence course in 1988, while on the road with the Fabulous Thunderbirds.

Chuck Leavell on a tractor.

What he has learned is fascinating. “Trees communicate with each other, largely underground through their root systems,” he states. “Trees help each other when they feel one is distressed for one reason or another; perhaps in a drought year they try to share moisture with those that are ‘underprivileged.’ I think the science is there [to support that].”

The Impact of Climate Change

More than three decades since he began educating himself, the central challenges Leavell faces as a forester aren’t the same as they were in the ’80s. “Climate change has affected weather patterns everywhere, and certainly here in the Southeast,” he says. “In the last five or six years, we’ve broken records for triple-digit days and days of 90 degrees [Fahrenheit] and above. We had a drought in 2019, and this year, thank heaven, we’ve made up for some of that, but the bottom line is that there is no more ‘normal’ anymore that I can see. Typical amounts of rainfall per year or temperature range within a season — those rules have just been broken.”

Leavell urges that more people become what he has evolved into: an active advocate for the environment, though he acknowledges that he can’t always keep his career as “tree man” and his music career completely separate from one another. When he’s on the road, he says, “I’m always thinking, ‘Did we get enough rain this week? Have I lost any trees due to lightning strikes? Did that last storm knock anything down?’ I regularly call our caretaker and ask him for the latest report. These issues are constantly on my mind while I’m out touring.”

The Influence on His Music

Beyond this, Leavell feels that his life with trees has strongly influenced his life in music. “Being in the woods and working the land has a very calming effect on one’s psyche,” he notes, “and that transfers to when we’re on the big stage or in some other pressure situation. Rather than let myself get anxious when certain things go wrong, that calming effect of the forest allows me to take a deep breath and not panic.

“The other thing is, forestry is a slow-motion process. It takes a long time to grow that tree from a seedling and to manage a forest properly. It takes a lot of observation and a lot of patience, and that rolls over into my musical world as well: to not get in too big of a hurry, to think things through, to look at all angles of a song or a recording or a set list. When I’m out riding through our land, I’m saying, ‘Is this tract overcrowded? Is it conducive to wildlife? What does it need?’ And that thought process carries over to music. When I’m learning a new song for an artist, I’m asking myself, ‘What does this song want me to do?’”

Chuck Leavell sitting on piano in field.

Like Chuck Leavell, Yamaha has a deep commitment to sustainability. Read more here.

Photographs ©2020 Allen Farst.

 

Click here to watch “Chuck Leavell: The Tree Man.”

Check out this related blog article.

How to Install In-Ceiling Speakers

Finding a spot in your room for a pair of speakers can be difficult. Another challenge is that some speakers do not distribute sound evenly. For these reasons, in-ceiling speakers often provide the best solution.

In this article, we’ll show you everything you need to know to install a pair of in-ceiling speakers, using Yamaha NS-IC800s as an example. These speakers provide rich sound with excellent dispersion to fill your room with high-quality audio.

First, gather the tools you will need:

– Ladder

– Floor covering / tarp

– Stud finder

– Drywall saw

– Blue painter’s tape

– Measuring tape

– Pencil

– Wire stripper

– Screwdriver

Now you’re ready to get started! Simply follow these steps:

1. Plan your placement. Your in-ceiling speakers should be central to the room, and they should also be oriented with your furniture or prime listening spot so that the left and right speakers are actually to the right and left of where you will be sitting. You will also probably want to align the speakers with other ceiling elements (like recessed lighting fixtures) so there is a visual sense of symmetry.

2. Mark your locations. Locate your ceiling joists with a stud finder and mark them with blue tape so that you can properly align the speaker opening between the joists. Measure your distances from the other ceiling elements for alignment purposes. A good rule of thumb is to keep the speakers about eight feet apart or so. This will vary based on room size.

3. Use your template. A nice feature of the Yamaha NS-IC800 is that it includes a template that is the exact opening size you will need to cut. If you’re using a different make or model of in-ceiling speaker, you can create a similar kind of template with a piece of stiff cardboard. Place the template on the ceiling and in alignment with your other ceiling devices, then trace around it with your pencil.

IMG-0307

IMG-0308

4. Cut your openings. Once you have your opening marked out, grab your drywall saw and get to work. Keep in mind that you are going to make an enormous amount of dust, so be sure to protect your floors before you start cutting those holes.

IMG-0311

IMG-0320

5. Run your wires. Now that you have your openings cut, this is the perfect time to run wire back to your amp or AV receiver. Take advantage of your attic space if there is one over the room. Hopefully you are connecting to a receiver like the stellar Yamaha RX-V6A, which has a handy “Zone 2” feature that lets you fill an additional room with sound.

6. Make your connections. With your amp or receiver turned off, strip the conductors of your speaker cable and connect them to the speakers before you install them in the ceiling. Only expose enough copper to fit in the terminals. Any additional exposed copper leaves you susceptible to creating an electrical short and potentially damaging the amplifier.

IMG-0321

IMG-0322

7. Install your speakers. With your speaker wires firmly in place, place the speaker into the opening and use a manual screwdriver to tighten the screws. (I recommend a manual screwdriver so that you don’t run the risk of over-tightening and damaging the drywall.) The NS-IC800s have dogleg brackets that will grab the inside of the drywall and allow you to clamp the speaker in place by simply tightening the screws.

IMG-0325

IMG-0330

8. Put on the finishing touches. Now that the speakers are in place, add the finishing touch by putting on the magnetic grills. While you are still on the ladder, clean off any fingerprints that you may have left on the grills.

IMG-0333

IMG-0335

9. Turn the receiver on and enjoy your music! Here’s what the finished installation should look like:

Installed in-ceiling speaker to the right and left of a lighted ceiling fan.
All photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha NS-IC800 in-ceiling speakers.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha RX-V6A AV receiver.

David Kahne

Meet David Kahne, a multifaceted record producer, musician and composer who has worked with Paul McCartney, Bruce Springsteen, Billy Joel, Kelly Clarkson, the Bangles, Sugar Ray, Fishbone, Sublime and Tony Bennett, among others. Kahne uses Steinberg Cubase and Nuendo software to compose and mix, and in this video, shot at New York’s Flux Studios, he explains why.

“I have a 38.2 [channel] surround room here,” he says, “It gets pretty complicated! So it’s great having Nuendo. I can load up matrixes upon matrixes and then easily render them, plus all the plug-ins are multichannel and surround-ready.”

“I started using Cubase when the Nuendo audio engine [was integrated into it],” he continues. “I use it more for recording because the MIDI functionality is perfect.” Kahne is a particular fan of the Cubase Delay Compensation feature. “When I’ve got several plug-ins running, normally I would think I’d have some kind of phase problem because of latency, [but with Cubase] it’s not there. When I ping out to a piece of external gear and back in, it figures out the latency and [the signal is] in phase.”

Kahne’s scoring setup is extremely sophisticated, with video running simultaneously on multiple networked computers and audio routed via MADI into summing amplifiers. This lets him access his wide array of analog audio gear directly, in real time, with immediate recalls. “For scoring, I would [normally] start with Cubase for the composition,” he says, “and then as the production went on I would switch to Nuendo. It’s really nice to [be able to] go back and forth between the two.” While he relies on Nuendo for surround productions, Kahne does, however, generally prefer to mix in Cubase. “It’s because of the way I have Cubase routed to all of my analog gear, so it’s faster,” he explains.

“The audio engine is why I switched to Steinberg DAWs,” Kahne says. “The frequencies were more clear, and the EQs — I was actually EQing the frequency that it said I was, with no phase problems. It was really a revelation.”

 

Check out these related articles.

 

Click here to learn more about Steinberg Cubase.

Click here to learn more about Steinberg Nuendo.

Here are the New Peter Hook and Billy Sheehan Signature Basses

If you’re anything like me, your heart skips a beat whenever you hear about a new bass. Truth be told, some manufacturers get inordinately worked up over vanilla variations of the same old theme. But there are times when the introduction of a new bass is actually something worthy of getting frothy over.

Such is the case with two recent product announcements from Yamaha. These aren’t just any basses, mind you — they’re a duo of limited-run high-end instruments released within weeks of one another: the BBPH Peter Hook Signature and the Billy Sheehan Attitude 30th Anniversary. This is truly a big deal! Let’s take a closer look at each.

BBPH Peter Hook Signature

Peter Hook with BBP bass.

If ever there’s been someone deserving of his own custom instrument, it’s Peter Hook, the renowned “lead bassist” for Joy Division and New Order. Recognized as a true innovator by peers and fans alike, Hook’s tone is synonymous with upper-register grooves and swirling melody lines. Interestingly, it’s something he gravitated towards out of necessity — simply to be heard — but it’s a sound that went on to become his own. It not only drew the spotlight to him, it also influenced a generation of bassists. You know, typical bass hero stuff …

Peter Hook electric bass guitar with maroon finish.

What’s particularly interesting about the evolution of Hook’s sound and style is that he was lucky enough to hone it on an instrument whose design couldn’t have been more conducive to what it would become. Hook’s first bass, a Yamaha BB600, was stolen during an early U.S. tour, but its replacement — a Yamaha BB1200S — proved to be a match made in heaven. The neck-through design and slim profile of the BB1200S felt custom-built for Hook, and its reversed split coil pickups accentuated his melodic lines and trebly double-stops. In recent years, the more modern Yamaha BB734A, with its bolt-on neck and extremely versatile active tone circuitry, started working its way into Hook’s arsenal. So when Yamaha approached him about creating his own bass, he thought long and hard about the qualities and characteristics he valued most in both basses. The BBPH Peter Hook Signature bass represents the perfect amalgamation of all of them.

Like the BB1200S, the BBPH features reversed split single coil pickups (these ones are VSP7n Alnico V pickups). The reverse design means that the traditional location of each half coil is swapped: the half dedicated to the D and G strings is closer to the neck, and the half dedicated to the E and A strings is closer to the bridge. This results in a sweeter, rounder sound for notes played on the two higher strings, and tighter lows for the two lower strings.

The BBPH draws on the BB734A, incorporating switchable active/passive three-band equalization, as well as a six-bolt mitred neck joint rather than a neck-through design. Two of those bolts connect at a 45-degree angle, which helps deliver the hallmark strength and solidity that Hook liked in the BB1200S neck-through design and also draws out extra brightness and snap from the upper mids and highs.

When it comes to construction and looks, the BBPH cuts no corners. It melds an alder/maple/alder body with a five-piece neck constructed from maple and mahogany, along with a rosewood fingerboard. The bass is finished in a sexy maroon finish (with a matching, autographed headstock), and comes appointed with lightweight open-gear tuners and a Vintage Plus bridge that gives you the flexibility of convertible stringing (top-loaded or through-body, depending on your taste).

Billy Sheehan Attitude 30th Anniversary

Billy Sheehan with Signature 30th Anniversary bass.

Billy Sheehan is a master bassist whose monstrous shredding style and boundary-busting experimentalism are well known … but perhaps less known is his expertise as an innovative designer. To celebrate the longstanding collaboration between Sheehan and Yamaha for the past 30 years, they worked in tandem to create the Attitude 30th Anniversary — a limited run of 30 basses made in honor of the auspicious milestone.

The Attitude 30th honors all of the defining characteristics of the heavily modified and customized bass (“the Wife”) that originally inspired the line of Sheehan Signature basses, and it spares nothing to effectively tweak out the absolute best performance features, design tolerances and flawless aesthetics.

If you’re lucky enough to get your hands on one, you’ll immediately notice the beautiful sunburst finish — just like the original finish on his legendary customized bass, except without the scars — dressed up with a four-ply tortoise pickguard and nickel-plated hardware. You’ll also recognize the maple neck and maple fingerboard with its upper-register scallops. Like the original, the neck is bolt-on, designed to maintain the integrity of that body-neck connection in spite of the aggressive thrashing that Sheehan inflicts on his basses every time he takes the stage.

And then there are all the modernized features that bring the Attitude 30th firmly into the 21st century, such as a DiMarzio® Woofer pickup in the neck position and DiMarzio Will Power™ split pickups in the middle position, along with dual outputs to enable true separation and finer articulation of the signals coming from each pickup (this also makes it easy for you to bi-amp the signal if you desire). As if that isn’t enough, each bass comes with a sturdy hard-shell case and a numbered certificate of authenticity signed by Sheehan, as well as a signed second pickguard.

Billy Sheehan Attitude 30th Anniversary electric bass guitar with sunburst finish.

These are product announcements worth getting excited over, with both instruments incorporating innovative design and quality control at its finest. If you’re serious about bass, you owe it to yourself to check them out!

 

Click here for more information about the BBPH Peter Hook Signature bass.

Click here for more information about the Billy Sheehan Attitude 30th Anniversary bass.

Letter to Myself: Jeffrey Grogan

Yamaha Master Educator Jeffrey Grogan is Professor of Music and Director of Orchestral Activities at Oklahoma City University. He is also Artistic Director and Conductor of the Oklahoma Youth Orchestras.

Below, he pens a letter to his younger self, sharing advice, anecdotes and inspiration for a fulfilling career in music education.

 

Dear Younger Jeffrey:

I know how nervous and excited you are as you embark on your first day as a music educator. Let me assure you, the journey will be fun and rewarding, full of ups and downs. The highs will keep you motivated and inspired. You will work with tens of thousands of talented students, and you will feel the biggest rush when you perform together in concert halls all over the world.

The lows will be few and far between. Don’t be discouraged by them — instead, have fun figuring out how to overcome and solve these obstacles.

Jeffrey Grogan ConductingBe ready for anything, and I mean anything — even a terrible pandemic that shuts down schools across the country! The silver lining is that you will invent new ways for your students to learn and grow without actually being together in person. You’ll digitally host famous performers and artists who will engage your students in conversations. You will work together with your friends and colleagues to create a new teaching paradigm using smaller groups and exploring some of the greatest music ever written.

During the last 25 years as a music educator, I have learned so much about myself. Here are some invaluable tips — things I wish I had known on Day 1.

Find a few good mentors, people you respect and can rely on to tell you the truth. Ask them a lot of questions because figuring out what you don’t know is the key. Trust me, you don’t have all the answers … and seeking out new ideas is a never-ending quest!

I know you like to “fix” things during rehearsals, but inspired students possess superhuman skills. Always keep them inspired, and you’ll find that you have less to fix!

You will be tempted to let the importance of the final product outweigh the process. Don’t let that happen! Always keep the reasons you became a musician and educator at the center of everything you do. Pass along this love of music to your students.

Record your rehearsals. Though potentially painful to experience, you will learn so much about yourself and your students. Recording will be easy in the future — everyone will have portable phones that have video cameras! With the phone, you can send messages and check your emails, like having a computer that fits in the palm of your hand. By the way, you’re going to love these things called emoji.

But most importantly, your students and the people you meet and work with over the years will bring you indescribable joy. They will keep you going through the tough times and will enrich your life beyond measure.

Love everyone!

Jeffrey in 2020

Photo by Fred Stucker

 

SupportED 2020v5n3 cover with Mimi StillmanThis article originally appeared in the 2020N3 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here

Fix It: Trombone Teaching Tips

What makes the trombone special? The sound of the trombone is one of the most profound and glorious of the brass family.

Domingo Pagliuca of Boston Brass playing the tromboneAs composer Hector Berlioz said, “The trombone is the true head of the family of wind instruments … it has all the serious and powerful tones of sublime musical poetry, from religious, calm and imposing accents to savage, orgiastic outburst.”

How to Fix Lack of Air Stream/Direction
How to Fix Syncing Movement Between Slide and Articulation
How to Fix Posture When Sitting in the Ensemble

Throughout my years as a professional player and teacher, countless people have asked me why I chose to play the trombone. My father played the trombone and was the principal trombonist of the Venezuela Symphony Orchestra. I remember going with him to orchestra rehearsals and recording session of all sorts. But when I started in the music world at 7 or 8 years old, my first instrument was the violin. I guess I was too small to hold the trombone, but I loved the way it sounded and listened to my dad practice and play in all kinds of ensembles. When I was 9, I started playing the trumpet, but the trumpet and I didn’t get along even though I liked the instrument deeply — and still do. It wasn’t until I was 12 that I was able to finally switch to the trombone. At that moment, I found my true passion for the instrument and music making.

By traveling around the world, I have observed common problems and mistakes that trombone students make. And I want to help them approach, deal with and ultimately solve these problems.


Fix It: Lack of Air Stream/Direction

When I get to work with students alone or as a member of Boston Brass, the main issue I encounter is the improper use of air when students play the trombone. Students always struggle with how to properly and efficiently use air.

It is vital to emphasize to students that breathing is a natural process, and it is the main resource they need to play the trombone. It is this breathing-as-second-nature process that helps the lips vibrate in order to produce sound. The vibration of the lips is created by the air stream that goes through the small aperture of their lips. This is what we call sound. Students cannot recognize good sound if they are not using proper and efficient air.

I always say that the trombone is the expansion of the human voice because it has the same register as the tenor voice. In order to make music, we need to “sing” through our instruments, and that is why it is so important to have proper and efficient air.

THE YSL-350C TROMBONE: Built for your beginning students!

The “Breathing Gym” process — created by the late great Boston Brass tubist Sam Pilafian and renowned tubist Patrick Sheridan — is the perfect approach to help students focus their breathing and be aware of how air needs to be used. Teachers must emphasize the similarity between musicians blowing air through their instruments and singers using air to make their vocal cords vibrate to sing.

Use the “Breathing Gym” daily as a tool to identify, process and deliver how to use air. This will definitely help students focus on how to properly create a nice sound and blow enough steady air to play one note or a set of notes with one continued air stream.

It is imperative to have students not only hear phrases, melodies or parts in their minds, but also to sing them before they even play them on the trombone.

They should listen to as much music, including singers, as they can. This is key to develop this concept of singing through our instruments. Just like Frank Sinatra said, “It was my idea to make my voice work in the same way as a trombone or violin — not sounding like them, but ‘playing’ the voice like those instruments.”

Fix It: Syncing Movement Between Slide and Articulation

three students playing the tromboneAnother big issue for trombone students is syncing between the slide and the articulation when they play. What makes the trombone unique compared to other brass instruments is how it changes notes or pitch. You change notes on trumpets, French horns and tubas by pressing a key or valve. Trombonists have to deal with a slide to change notes, and we also need to match articulation and phrasing with the other instruments. In many cases, the slide movement is late or slow as players go from one note to the other, or they stop the air (note) to move the slide to reach the next pitch. Either scenario is a big mistake.

To address this issue, begin by focusing on playing notes with no articulation. I play the first note using my tongue to have a clean start; the next notes will be played with just the slide movement and no articulation.

Students should metronomes and their tuners at all times. (I recommend the TonalEnergry Tuner and Metronome app).  It is very important to breathe (as explained in the “Air Stream/Direction” section above) and play in time.

Another exercise to help with syncing movement between the slide and articulation is to play scales (quarter notes, 68-70bpm), making sure that your students move exactly on time for each note, not before. Focus on having that pitch change on top of the beat so that the note they are playing will sound longer to the next one. Make sure that students are relaxed so when they move their arms to change pitch, the instrument doesn’t move. The more you emphasize this, the better your students will sound, and they will be more aware of what happens when they do it wrong.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

Fix It: Posture when Sitting in the Ensemble

winds ensemble with one student playing the tromboneStudents with bad posture in band/ensembles may not seem like a big issue, but it is. Posture affects breathing and sound.

If we don’t breathe properly (again, going back to “Air Stream/Direction”), we won’t produce good sound. If we don’t breathe efficiently, we won’t have endurance. If we don’t sit properly, we won’t be able to breathe or even hold our trombone correctly.

Proper posture allows our bodies to be balanced and relaxed. First, make sure students are seated with their feet flat on the floor. Their knees should be directly over their ankles. Both hip bones should be grounded to the chair. Most importantly, students should be seated at the front edge of their chairs — their backs should be away from the back of the chair so they can feel the curve of their spines. With that back arch, they can feel how much air fills their lungs when they breathe.

To show students the difference in breathing, have them breathe deeply while sitting with their backs against the back of the chair. Then have them sit at the front edge of the chair and breathe deeply again. Tell students to use their hands to feel the arch of their backs and have them listen to the sounds of their breathing.

Also, sitting at the back of the chair results in an unbalanced posture, forcing students to point their bell/sound to the ground, which makes it more difficult to move the slide.

As teachers, you will always have some students who need to be guided and told what to do and how to practice routine exercises and warmups. But the students who are invested in their musical education are the ones who will motivate you to do all you can to make them better musicians. Just give them the tools they need to be fired up, and they will spread their drive, attitude and enthusiasm to the other members of the ensemble.

As I’ve stated before, one of my main recommendations to teachers, students and avid instrumentalists is to listen to music — not just the music related to your instrument, but music in general. You are going to be as good as your ears are. The more you hear, the better musician and artist you will be.

Playing By Ear, Part 1

There are plenty of musicians who don’t read music. Instead, they are able to quickly pick up songs by listening to them. The Beatles are a good example. They showed each other their new tunes by simply playing them repeatedly, and it seems to have worked out pretty well for them!

There are also several well-known jazz musicians who only played by ear, including pianist Erroll Garner and guitarist Wes Montgomery, to name just two. Mind you, I’m not trying to make a case for not learning to read music — I think it’s an essential skill for all musicians. But I also feel that learning to play by ear is an equally important, if not more important aspect of musicianship to develop, regardless of how well you can read.

The good news is that playing by ear is a skill that can be learned, with an analytical approach and a lot of practice. In this two-part series, I’ll show you how.

Mastering the Melody

Start by listening to the song over and over until it becomes familiar to you. As you do so, try to sing along with the melody. It doesn’t matter how well you sing; this is a great first step before you even touch your keyboard. After you get comfortable with the song, focus on just the first note. After listening to it a few times, stop playback at exactly that moment so that the sound of that note “hangs” in the air. Now try singing it. When you feel you’re correctly singing that first note, try to find it on your keyboard. There are only 12 different notes in Western music, so it shouldn’t be too hard! If you’re having difficulty finding that first note on your keyboard, try to analyze why. Is the note you’re singing higher, or lower than the note you’re playing? Does it seem close, or far away? Thinking about what you’re hearing is a much better approach than just randomly poking away at notes.

Once you’ve found the opening note, you are on your way to picking out the rest of the first melodic phrase. The overall approach is similar — again, singing the part can be helpful — but try to hear the melody line in these terms: Does the melody move up, or down, and when does that change? Does it move through notes that are close to one another, or does it seem to jump further afield? These two aspects (direction and distance) will help guide you throughout the process. Once you’ve figured out the direction in which it moves, you can look for which note it moves to. This is achieved through a technique commonly known as ear training (actually, it’s training your brain, but we won’t quibble over semantics).

Ear training is all about learning to recognize melodic intervals — that is, the distance between two notes. One of the best ways to accomplish this is to use familiar songs to associate with each of these distances/intervals. This will help you to quickly hear (and therefore find) the notes in a melodic phrase.

In music theory, intervals are described by the number of half-steps (i.e., semitones) each note is from the preceding note. Here’s a list of some of the most common musical associations used, along with audio clips to demonstrate how they sound:

– Because it’s the smallest interval possible on the piano, the first is the half step/minor 2nd. The iconic cue in the movie “Jaws” that signalled that a shark was nearby works well to demonstrate this:

Musical notation.
Musical annotation.

– The whole step/major 2nd (2 semitones away) has many possible references: “Happy Birthday” is probably the most well-known:

Musical annotation.

– The minor 3rd is 3 semi-tones away and is famous as being the lead-in to a lullaby:

Musical annotation.

– The major 3rd is four semi-tones away, and should be very familiar as part of the sound of a major triad:

– The interval called a perfect 4th is five semitones away and will be instantly familiar to anyone who’s ever attended a wedding:

Musical annotation.

– The next larger interval is the raised 4th (also called a tritone), which is 6 semitones away:

Musical annotation.

– You’ll find a perfect 5th located 7 semitones away—an interval that will be recognizable to fans of sci-fi movies everywhere:

Musical annotation.

– The minor 6th is 8 semitones away:

Musical annotation.

– … and the major 6th is 9 semitones away and is used in two iconic melodies:

Musical annotation.

– Next up is the minor 7th, which is 10 semitones away:

Musical annotation.

– The major seventh is 11 semitones away:

Musical annotation.

– And the last interval you need to train your ear/brain to recognize is the octave, which goes from one note to the next instance of that same note, 12 semitones away:

Musical annotation.

Whew! And we’re not done: You should also study these intervals moving downward as well as upward. Same principle — find a song to associate with each movement to get it in your ear and brain. If the above references don’t work for you, find your own (click here for some YouTube suggestions). It doesn’t matter what the actual song reference is — what’s important is that it is familiar to you and helps you to quickly recognize these interval jumps.

You can even turn ear training into a two-person game: One person plays a note on the keyboard, announces what it is, and then plays a second note; the other person guesses what the interval and second note is. There are also many online ear training exercises that can help you work on your pitch and interval recognition.

In Part 2, we’ll talk about using technology to learn both the notes and the chords to a song.

All audio played on a Yamaha P-515.

 

Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

How to Burn-In Headphones and Earbuds

As any personal trainer will tell you, running long distances without stretching first is risky business. You could pull a muscle, or worse.

The same logic applies to audio gear. Have you ever put on a set of headphones and wondered why you weren’t hearing everything with absolute clarity? Maybe the percussive rattle of a tambourine is absent, or the vibrating thumpiness of an upright bass is a little lackluster. Sure, it may depend on the quality of the headphones, but best to reserve your judgement until you give them enough playtime to reach their maximum potential.

The good news is that there’s a way to accelerate this process. It’s called burn-in.

Why Do A Burn-In?

While not a requirement, burning-in your headphones or earbuds will help provide an optimal listening experience. Here’s why. Each individual headphone/earbud within a pair consists of an outer shell, magnet, diaphragm and coil. These internal components make up something called a driver, which is what produces the sound that is sent into your ear canal.

These drivers (sometimes known as transducers) are the same as what you find in speakers, only smaller. Their function is to take electrical energy and transform it into kinetic energy via the cone (or dome) of the speaker they are attached to. There are two connection points: the “Surround,” which attaches the frame of the driver to the cone, and the “Spider,” which is the flexible part underneath the cone that keeps the coil centered in the magnet structure. Once those two connection points are burned-in, they loosen and allow the driver to move in and out more freely. The audio quality will likely be noticeably better once the burn-in process is complete, though the improvement is generally gradual.

How to Do a Burn-In

There are two accepted methods of burning-in headphones or earbuds. Both involve sending audio to them for an extended period, with the optimal time frame being 40 hours of continuous play. The two methods are:

1. Use a burn-in playlist of music and noise tracks in various frequency ranges from highest to lowest. These are available from a number of websites, including Spotify®.

2. Use loops of different noises and frequencies via a “burn-in disc” or online white noise playlist. One such product that we recommend is the free CASCADE Noise Burn-in Disc from TARA Labs, which allows you to download a file that can then be burned to CD and played back from your CD player or computer, or from the embedded video at the end of this article. (Be sure to read the instructions at the start of the video for proper safety measures and execution of the burn-in.)

Once you have your burn-in audio at hand, make sure your headphones are charged (if wireless), then connect your headphones or earbuds to the computer or mobile device that will be doing the playback. Caution: Burning-in your headphones or earbuds should always be done at a moderate volume or you run the risk of damaging or destroying the drivers. And don’t listen to your headphones or earbuds while the burn-in file is playing. It won’t sound very pleasant, and it’s not good for your hearing health.

As we mentioned, the total recommended burn-in time is 40 hours, but you can do this in multiple four- to five-hour sessions (while you sleep, for example) so you can enjoy listening to music in-between.

Once you complete your burn-in, we suggest listening to some test tracks, such as the Yamaha “New to high-res audio?” playlist on Qobuz. You’ll find that after you’ve “stretched” (burned-in) your headphones or earbuds properly, you’ll be able to “run” (listen) to any kind of music or podcast with full audio fidelity!

Photo courtesy of @nitagill

 

Click here to learn more about Yamaha True Wireless earbuds.

Click here to learn more about Yamaha noise-cancelling headphones.

40 under 40 2021

2021 Yamaha “40 Under 40” — Celebrating Excellence in Music Education

Yamaha launched the “40 Under 40” music education advocacy program to celebrate and recognize outstanding music educators who are making a difference by growing and strengthening their music programs. Their students range from transitional kindergarteners to college undergrads at public, private and charter schools, as well as private music students. Their programs are small and large, brand new and with storied histories.  

In the fall of 2020, we asked for nominations of music educators under the age of 40 who showcased the following characteristics: action (anticipate what needs to be done and proactively take the necessary steps that lead to a stronger music program), courage (propose and implement new or bold ideas), creativity (show innovation and imagination in achieving plans and objectives) and growth (establish, grow or improve music education in their schools and communities). 

We received hundreds of nominations from students, parents, other teachers and administrators, local instrument dealers and mentors.

The selected “40 Under 40” educators below have gone above and beyond to elevate music and music-making in their students’ lives — like Jason Sleppy, who secured the use of Lucas Oil Stadium during the pandemic so his students could have an end-of-year performance; Willie Garfield, who started his music education career as a teenager; Jennifer Antonetti, who created an app to help music educators keep track of inventory, student information and more; Eric Jimenez, who launched a podcast about urban music education; and Michael Gamon, who created a role-playing game complete with set pieces and a website to engage his violin students. 

We are inspired and in awe of this inaugural class of “40 Under 40” educators.

** NOTE: Sign up for the Yamaha Educator Newsletter to stay informed about the “40 Under 40” program as well as other music education advocacy news and information from Yamaha. 

Meet the 2025 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2024 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2023 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2022 “40 Under 40” Educators

Christine Adelmann

Christine Adelmann

Band Director
Gompers Junior High School
Joliet, Illinois

Read more

Javier Alcántara-Rojas

Javier Alcántara-Rojas

Director of GREAT Academy,
Director of Instrumental Music
Granite Hills High School
Apple Valley, California

Read more

Jennifer Antonetti

Jennifer Antonetti

Instrumental Music Teacher
Topeka High School,
Robinson Middle School,
Meadows Elementary School
Topeka, Kansas

Read more

David Bechard

David Bechard

Director of Instrumental Music
Wahlert Catholic High School
Dubuque, Iowa

Read more

Jenn Bock

Jenn Bock

Assistant Band Director,
Marching Band Director
Highland High School
Gilbert, Arizona

Read more

Erin Busch

Erin Busch

Executive Director
Young Women Composers
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Read more

Jacob Campos

Jacob Campos

Director of Bands
Franklin High School
Franklin, Tennessee

Read more

Kevin Cooley

Kevin Cooley

High School Band, AP Music Theory and Digital Audio Production Instructor
Platteville High School
Platteville, Wisconsin

Read more

Megan Cooney

Megan Cooney

Director of Athletic Bands,
Associate Director of Bands
St. Ambrose University
Davenport, Iowa

Read more

Lydia Cox

Lydia Cox

Chorus and Digital Music Teacher
Crosby Middle School
Louisville, Kentucky

Read more

Tiffany Cox

Tiffany Cox

Director of Bands
Lake Worth Community High School
Lake Worth Beach, Florida

Read more

Christopher DiMassimo

Christopher DiMassimo

Assistant Director of Bands, Guitar Teacher
Rachel Carson Middle School
Herndon, Virginia

Read more

Carmen Fields

Carmen Fields

Choir and General Music Teacher
Edgewood Middle School
Trenton, Ohio

Read more

Michael Gamon

Michael Gamon

Fine and Performing Arts Chair,
Center for Creative Arts Director
Harrisburg Academy
Wormleysburg, Pennsylvania

Read more

Willie Garfield

Willie Garfield

CEO
Garfield Institute of Music
Memphis, Tennessee

Read more

Andrew Gibb-Clark

Andrew Gibb-Clark

Director of Choral Activities,
Fine Arts Department Chair
Highland High School
Highland, Illinois

Read more

David Irish

David Irish

Director of Orchestras,
Associate Director of Concert Bands
Palo Verde High School
Las Vegas, Nevada

Read more

Eric Jimenez

Eric Jimenez

Assistant Director of Bands
Prairie View A&M University
Prairie View, Texas

Read more

Chris Kaflik

Chris Kaflik

Director of Bands
Brownsburg High School
Brownsburg, Indiana

Read more

Jarrett Lipman

Jarrett Lipman

Director of Bands
Claudia Taylor “Lady Bird” Johnson
High School
San Antonio, Texas

Read more

Matthew Martindale

Matthew Martindale

Director of Bands
Shelby County High School and
Columbiana Middle School
Columbiana, Alabama

Read more

David Matchim

David Matchim

Director of Bands
Centennial High School
Ellicott City, Maryland

Read more

Matthew Moore

Matt Moore

Associate Band Director,
Director of Percussion
V.R. Eaton High School
Haslet, Texas

Read more

Steve Moreland

Steve Moreland

Director of Fine Arts
St. Michael’s Catholic Academy
Austin, Texas

Read more

Phil Nagy

Phil Nagy

Music Teacher
McVey Innovative Learning Center
(Part of Hilliard City Schools)
Hilliard, Ohio

Read more

Becky Paschke

Becky Paschke

Instrumental Music Director
D’Evelyn Junior/Senior High School
Denver, Colorado

Read more

Megan Sahely

Megan Sahely

Director of Orchestras
Leon High School and Raa Middle School
Tallahassee, Florida

Read more

Doug Schaffer

Doug Schaffer

Director of Bands
Mark Twain Junior/Senior High School
Center, Missouri

Read more

Jason Sleppy

Jason Sleppy

Band Director, Mason Middle School
Marching Band Director, Mason High School
Mason, Ohio

Read more

Willie Snipes Jr.

Willie Snipes Jr.

Director of College Bands
Miles College
Fairfield, Alabama

Read more

Don Stinson

Don Stinson

Director of Bands
Joliet Central High School
Joliet, Illinois

Read more

Tyler Swick

Tyler Swick

Elementary Music Educator
Robert and Sandy Ellis Elementary School
Henderson, Nevada

Read more

Brian Teed

Brian Teed

Director of Percussion,
Associate Director of Bands
Wakeland High School
Frisco, Texas

Read more

Celina Velez

Celina Velez

Music Director
Cayuga Elementary School
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Read more

Giselle Vento Banda

Giselle Vento Banda

Pre-K-5th Music Specialist
Parkdale Elementary School
Waco, Texas

Read more

Vincent Vicchiariello

Vincent Vicchiariello

Director of Bands
Nutley High School
Nutley, New Jersey

Read more

E.J. Villanueva

E.J. Villanueva

TK-4th General Music,
5th-6th Instrumental Music Teacher
Orange Grove Elementary School
Anaheim, California

Read more

Tim Walck

Tim Walck

Director of Music, Yearbook Advisor
Austin Area School District
Austin, Pennsylvania

Read more

Aaron Zeilinger

Aaron Zeilinger

Director of Instrumental Music
Orange Lutheran High School
Orange, California

Read more

Cory Zilisch

Cory Zilisch

Director of Orchestras
Westport Middle School
Louisville, Kentucky

Read more

Continue reading

Reset and Rethink New Year’s Resolutions

You’d be forgiven for thinking that making New Year’s resolutions is a recent phenomenon — perhaps started by some 1970s ad campaign. But no.

The first New Year’s resolutions were reportedly made 4,000 years ago by the ancient Babylonians. At an annual 12-day festival at the beginning of the year, they would pay off debts and return borrowed items, hoping to earn the favor of the gods. The ancient Romans also had a New Year’s tradition, where they offered sacrifices and promised good behavior. So, our modern habit of making resolutions has a long history.

Humans have an equally long history of failing to uphold those resolutions. According to U.S. News & World Report, 80% of New Year’s resolutions fail, and they fail fast — by the second week of February.

A Business Insider article states that people tend to fail at resolutions for several reasons. One, they set goals that aren’t specific like “eat healthier.” Two, their resolutions don’t sound particularly enjoyable. And three, they set goals that are more about societal expectations than what feels deeply personal.

With this in mind, here are some ways to make New Year’s resolutions that will resonate with you and help you actually achieve something awesome in 2021.

woman with eyes closed, holding headphones to her ears Reset 1: Make it Fun

Since you’re a music educator, how about setting an intention to create a monthly playlist? This could be songs that reflect your taste in pop music like a “Beatlemania” or “Boy Bands Forever” playlist. Or songs that match your current mood about social injustice or yearning to be outdoors.

What about a list to support your teaching goals, such as songs for groups, genres or timeframes you’ve been meaning to explore? To get you started, check out this Spotify playlist a teacher created to feel pumped up.

You can even involve your students in this exercise by asking them to create and share playlists based on a monthly theme. At the end of 2021, scan your playlists and compile the top 12 songs into a “Best Songs of the Year” mix.

decadent dessert -- brownie topped by ice cream and caramel drizzle Reset 2: Make it Decadent

What’s another step past fun? Total decadence.

Vow to create one utterly delicious new dessert each week. Or maybe you and your partner decide to curl up and do an at-home whisky tasting once a month, sipping spirits from various places around the world. Or indulge in screenings of classic movie musicals. Doesn’t that sound more inspiring than saying: “learn to cook, study geography and foster my passion for music?”

Reset 3: Think Quarterly

three small calendars showing one month each -- January, February and March

Try setting resolutions on a quarterly — rather than yearly — basis, a trick taught by happiness and habits expert Gretchen Rubin. She actually offers all sorts of ways of approaching resolutions, from forming a club with others to assessing your personality.

But for me, the best tip is to set quarterly goals. It’s much more tangible — and achievable — to decide, for example, that for Q1, my resolution is to work on my original music compositions for 20 minutes a day. Then for Q2, see how you’re feeling, reassess and set a new goal. With a year-long goal, the 12-month window creates a relaxed zone of “sometime soon” that can continually get pushed back and become “never.”

half apple smeared with peanut butterReset 4: Simple Swaps are Powerful

Remember, vague goals like “eat healthier” don’t tend to work well. But let’s say you’ve been having a daily Snickers every day after classes end. Swap the candy bar with a daily snack of peanut butter on an apple and you’re getting 4.4 grams of fiber in the apple and 1.9 grams in two tablespoons of peanut butter, racking up 6.3 grams out of the daily 30 grams that you should aim for, according to the Mayo Clinic. (Save the Snickers for a Friday treat, if you can’t live without it.)

view of a desk from above with computer monitor and stacks of papers

Reset 5: Take Tiny Steps

Vowing to get to know all your students better is a huge goal. Break that resolution down into break-out sessions — in person or virtually — with smaller groups of students, which will allow you to talk more with each student and get to know his or her strengths and goals.

On a personal level, decluttering your workspace can feel pretty overwhelming, but what if you commit to removing one item from either your home or school office every day, all year? Pretty soon, the piles of music, papers and files will be tamed.

By seeing New Year’s resolutions as ways to set goals and enrich your life, rather than trying to force change you’re really not interested in, you’re much more likely to succeed. So cheers to the fresh start, and let’s see what good things can happen in 2021.

Which Digital Piano Is Right for Me?

Which digital piano is best for you?

If this is a question you are asking of yourself, I’m guessing that you have already decided to purchase a digital piano, as opposed to the many other choices out there, including portable keyboards, acoustic pianos, and so-called “hybrid” pianos.

Ultimately, the decision as to which digital piano to purchase generally comes down to four basic factors: price, size, skill level and features. In this article, I’ll outline some considerations for each, and then conclude with a handy website link that will make the process of selecting the right digital piano even easier.

Before we dig in, however, let’s be clear about what makes an instrument a “digital piano.” The defining feature of a digital piano is that it has full-sized keys, and that those keys are fully weighted, like the keyboard of an acoustic piano. Piano teachers tend to recommend digital pianos to their students because this type of keyboard action is essential in developing proper technique.

Price

A digital piano immediately offers significant price savings over acoustic and hybrid options, because it does not need to be tuned or regulated — it’s essentially maintenance-free. That being said, digital pianos, like all other instruments, are available in a wide range of prices.

Yamaha offers three categories of digital pianos. Starting from the most inexpensive, they are:

Portable Digital (P series and DGX series)

Arius (YDP series)

Clavinova (CLP, CSP and CVP series)

Your first task is to determine your budget, with the understanding that higher priced instruments often offer better piano sounds, higher quality speaker systems, more sounds to choose from, improved actions, and larger cabinets with more cabinet style options.

If budget is a major concern, Yamaha P series instruments provide a great basic solution, with an impressive piano sound and touch for the price. Looking for something more full-featured and able to spend a little more? Consider a DGX Portable Grand instead. For just a little more money you may want to check out an Arius YDP, which looks more like an acoustic piano. Finally, there is the Clavinova series, voted by Time® Magazine as one of the world’s most influential musical “gadgets” of all time. If you want the very best in tone, touch, features and cabinet styles, this is the line for you, with a number of premium options.

In my experience, people often regret not buying the larger instrument they were considering, with a sort of a buyer’s remorse in reverse as they proceed on their musical journey. I think the reason is that the more you play, practice and listen, the more your “ear” improves over time. The piano that sounded superb when you purchased it a few years ago eventually starts to sound, well, not quite as good as you remember.

Size

When it comes to size, it really comes down to whether or not you are interested in a piece of furniture or not. YDP and Clavinova offer something that actually looks a lot like an acoustic piano in a variety of furniture style options. Clavinovas come in a whole range of sizes, from the small-sized CLP-725  to the top-of-the-line CLP-895GP, which looks like a miniature grand piano.

Keep in mind that all Yamaha digital pianos offer a full 88-note keyboard, same as a traditional piano. This means that the instrument’s width is not going to change significantly from model to model; you’ll find more diverse size variation in terms of the piano’s height and depth. The P-series, being the most portable of all the Yamaha options, can actually be tucked away in a closet when not in use. However, there’s a downside in that this can serve as a barrier to spontaneous play and practice — there’s less of a reminder when your passion isn’t right in front of you!

Skill Level

Your skill level is another important determining factor. A concert pianist or an Elton John is not going to be happy playing an entry-level digital piano. The reason is simple: Higher-end digital pianos provide the superior tone and touch that their skill requires. For one thing, such pianos often offer something called “string resonance” — a technology that simulates the harmonic resonance (a big factor in tonal quality) that skilled pianists get from their acoustic pianos. More advanced digital pianos also have a more realistic “feel” because they simulate the weighted action of an acoustic piano, complete with synthetic ivory, graded hammers and escapement (the part of the piano mechanism that enables a hammer to fall back as soon as it has struck the string).

One renowned educator has observed that, regardless of your skill level, “you can’t practice good tone into an inferior piano.” He goes on to pose the rhetorical question, “If you purchase a piano without good tone and touch, and you eventually get good, how will you know?” Wise words!

Features

This covers both the advanced piano technology we’ve already discussed (in terms of tone and touch, which may be of greater importance to skilled players), as well as other high-tech features that may be of interest for people at all skill levels.

For example, many digital pianos offer the ability to record and share your performances — some even include a microphone input to include your singing! Some allow you to play along with pre-recorded background arrangements, enabling you to sound like a complete orchestra as you play just the piano part. Some even allow you to control the “backup band” with the loudness or softness with which you play basic left-hand chord accompaniments.

Click here to visit a specially designed website that provides side-by-side descriptions of the four lines of Yamaha digital pianos discussed here. “Learn More” options provide detailed information for each, along with links to specific models that include photographs, features and specifications.

You’ll find that doing a little basic research will lead you to the best digital piano for you. And isn’t that what it’s all about?

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha digital pianos.

5 Positive Lessons from 2020

I’d like to share an uplifting collection of lessons that K-12 music educators have experienced during this tumultuous year, proving that even in chaos, the power and reach of music prevail!

1. A New Relationship with Technology

Mister Rogers was way ahead of us. He understood how to teach young people effectively and virtually — something we were forced to tackle in 2020. But remote teaching has its upsides. Teachers can better gauge students’ understanding of concepts because each student is seen in an equal space. Paradoxically, virtual teaching makes conversations more personal. The chat function engages more students because they often answer each other’s questions. And students who don’t like to speak up can enter a “safe zone” and directly “talk” to the teacher.

2. More Professional Development

Technology transcends geography, creating opportunities for educators to attend more conferences. With time and cost savings — as well as the ability to listen to all the sessions rather than choosing from the ones offered during the same time slots — comprehensive professional development is more within reach. In addition, music educators are creating a huge online community, sharing ideas and materials. The overall quality of music education will be positively impacted in the long term, and best practices will survive the pandemic.

3. Access to Artists

More guest artists can be brought into the classroom through virtual means, so students gain access to an increased number of experts. At one Nevada high school, the band students have been treated to guest speakers every week since distance learning began. That could never be accomplished via in-person teaching.

4. More Expressive Outlets

Some students have discovered that their creativity goes beyond playing music. Composing, arranging and creating videos have allowed students to enhance traditional music-making activities by finding their own voices.

5. New Opportunities for Student Leaders

Student leaders are rising to the occasion more than ever before. A choral director reported that her student leaders are “running our breakout room sectionals, creating remote spirit days, helping to produce our virtual performances, spreading positivity by weekly check-ins with their sections and setting the most positive examples for their peers.”

 

SupportED 2020v5n3 cover with Mimi StillmanThis article originally appeared in the 2020N3 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here

 

Best Holiday Movie Moments to Experience in Surround Sound

The holidays are a special time of year, and watching seasonal movies with your family can make them even more special. There’s no better way to enjoy a movie than in the comfort of your home, especially if you’ve got a large-screen TV and a surround sound system under the control of a full-featured AV receiver like the Yamaha RX-V6A, which provides support for up to 7.2 channels of audio.

Here are some scenes from classic films that take advantage of surround sound to make the experience truly immersive. Time to grab a glass of eggnog and have some holiday fun!

Home Alone – Staircase Scene and Ensuing Chase

When two bumbling burglars (played by Joe Pesci and Daniel Stern) try to break into the home of Kevin, an eight year-old played by Maccaulay Culkin, they realize they picked the wrong place. Left alone by mistake over the holiday season as his family travels, Kevin goes into full defense mode against the crooks and delivers some serious payback when they try to go upstairs to get him. Afterwards, the chase is on but Kevin outwits them every time. Check out the staircase scene here and the chase scene here.

Gremlins – Gizmo to the Rescue

This classic originates from the folklore of mischievous creatures called “gremlins” that the British Royal Air Force attributed as being the cause of equipment failures during World War II. The premise of this film is that a boy receives a pet creature, called a mogwai, as a holiday gift from his dad and names it Gizmo. Unfortunately, it spawns and transforms its offshoots into tiny evil monsters that wreak havoc. In this scene, Gizmo (voiced by Howie Mandel) speeds around in a toy car as he takes on one of the gremlins as it tries to spawn more of his evil brethren in a water fountain. The full-on action soundtrack fills your surround speakers with exciting audio as the two creatures zip around and battle it out. Check it out here.

Love, Actually – Airport Scene

In this 2003 Golden Globe®-nominated romantic comedy, the ensemble cast presents ten different stories about ten aspects of love, many of which interlink their characters. With the likes of Hugh Grant, Liam Neeson, Billy Bob Thornton, Rowan Atkinson and Emma Thompson, the twists and turns are an adventure into seasonal fun. In this scene, Daniel (Liam Neeson) convinces his young stepson Sam to catch the girl he loves at the airport before she flies home for the holidays. Eluding security, Sam finally meets up with her right before she boards, leading to a classic warm-hearted cinematic moment. Check it out here.

The Polar Express – Back on Track

If you’re looking for a scene that will really make your surround speakers shine, check out this one from the beloved animated action adventure. Set on the night of Christmas Eve, a boy who is skeptical about Santa Claus ends up on the Polar Express train bound for the North Pole. The excitement builds as the train accelerates off the tracks into a frozen lake at high speeds and eventually finds its way back onto the rails with some help from the crew. Check it out here.

Elf – Buddy Discovers New York City

This one always puts a smile on my face! Here, a wide-eyed Buddy (Will Farrell) finds himself in the Big Apple experiencing a whole new world of sight and sound as the classic Louie Prima song “Pennies from Heaven” plays in the background, supplemented by a symphony of New York City street sounds. The combination of laughter and naivete is infectious as you watch Buddy hopping across the middle of a midtown street in sheer joy, or discovering himself in a revolving door and creating endless circles. Check it out here.

Soul

Disney and Pixar Animations Studios’ new feature film “Soul” has lots of great surround sound. The film introduces Joe Gardner, a middle school band teacher whose life hasn’t quite gone the way he expected. His true passion is playing jazz, and he’s good. But when he finds himself in another realm helping someone else find their passion, he discovers what it truly means to have soul. Check out the trailer here. Stream Disney & Pixar’s Soul on Disney+.

Die Hard – Rooftop Scene

In this classic 1988 action film, police detective John McClain (Bruce Willis) is visiting his estranged wife in Los Angeles over the holidays and somehow finds himself in the middle of a terrorist takeover of a skyscraper. This rooftop scene is full-tilt surround sound excitement as helicopters zoom by, with gunshots and explosions going off all around you. Check it out here.

Trading Places – I Can See!

This 1983 comedy tells the story of a commodities broker (Dan Akroyd) and a street hustler (Eddie Murphy) whose lives are unwittingly swapped in a high-level bet between two rich brothers made at a holiday party. In this hilarious scene, Murphy rolls down the street on a cart pretending to be a blind man begging for money when discovered by two street cops who call his bluff. Check it out here.

Krampus – Krampus Arrives

Does your family enjoy horror films? If so, they may want to check out this one, based on a Krampus, a character from Austro-Bavarian folklore who punishes those who have lost the holiday spirit. The action revolves around a dysfunctional family that gathers three days before Christmas and mocks one member over his belief in Santa Claus. In this scene, Krampus arrives on a snowy, stormy night to confront them, making his presence known with total sonic attitude! Check it out here.

Image of Soul courtesy of Disney.

 

Check out these related blog articles:

Five Reasons Why Home Theater is Better Than Going to the Movies

Top 10 Musical Scenes to Watch with a Home Theater

Scary In Surround Sound

Stranger Things: Top Ten Scenes from The Upside Down

These are the Best Pirate Scenes to Watch on Your Home Theater

May the Fourth Be With You: The Best Moments from the Star Wars™ Saga

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha RX-V6A AV receiver.

Making the Perfect Creative Space

Do you remember being ordered to go to your room when you misbehaved as a child? You’d stomp down the hall in defiance at having been banished. The irony is, now that you’re grown up, you may have a different room (a studio, man/woman cave, sanctuary) that you can’t wait to get to because you do what you love best inside it: play music, write songs. And if you’ve decorated it with some awareness of what elements inspire you, you’ll probably thrive within it too.

Shortly after posting my conversation with songstress Beth Nielsen Chapman blog here, many readers wrote to me expressing their awe of Beth’s self-designed songwriting room, an extraordinary space that caters to her unique spirit and personal aesthetic.

String lights embrace her beloved baby grand. An abundance of mementos and baubles, all of which have meaning to her, are placed on surfaces everywhere. To the side of her ergonomically arranged recording set-up are cozy chairs and soft sofas into which anyone would feel comfortable sinking.

Beth’s home studio with pianos, keyboards, guitars and decorative string lights.
Beth in her creative space.

Of course, one of the limitations we face when considering our space is the real estate we’ve been allocated. Beth’s studio is spacious. It has all sorts of nooks and crannies and an angular ceiling that invites reciprocal lines below.

My space, on the other hand, is a 20′ x 12′ renovated one-car garage. No interesting lines anywhere. Still, I’ve done what I can to accommodate my process and encourage creativity. There’s a comfortable sofa on which to relax. Photos of my favorite people are positioned all around my desk. Gold and platinum records on the walls remind me of what I’ve accomplished. (This can be uplifting, especially on the occasions when self-doubt comes to visit … and, I assure you, it does.)

Purple futon couch with framed awards hanging on wall above it.
Awards on the wall and a comfy sofa can help both body and spirit.

On a side table are books that have motivated me throughout my life: Natalie Goldberg’s “Wild Mind.” Paulo Coelho’s “The Alchemist.” Rollo May’s “The Courage To Create.” They all come in handy when I need a jump start. Ruby, my Yamaha TransAcoustic guitar, is an arm’s length away from where I tap lyrics on a laptop, plus there’s a mic close by in case I want to capture a spontaneous melody and an upright piano on the opposite wall.

Speaker/mentor Elle Zimmerman, in an article about what makes her feel most productive, writes that lighting, smell, space and color “all affect how I feel and process. When these things are aligned, I’m most creative.” I concur. In fact, I have painted the walls of my room a soothing blue/gray and regularly burn geranium and lavender oil to promote optimum energy. I even had a dimmer switch installed so I can adjust the brightness of the overhead lighting, and the mood of with it.

Table with a basin with a bottle of essential oils and a candle. A Beatles' poster on the wall in the background.
All the senses are important, including smell!

I’ve also found that I’m much more clear-headed when my desk is tidy. In his online column Tips for Making a Writing Space That Fosters Creativity and Inspiration, writer Noah Rue states, “if there is less to fuss with, there is less time to be wasting that could be spent writing.” I couldn’t agree more.

That said, we all have different relationships with clutter. For instance, in my husband’s studio you’ll find piles of chord charts, random bowls of guitar picks, headphones, guitar straps, pop-filters and capos strewn about, plus a stray coffee mug here and there. Disorder makes him comfortable. Perhaps if his space were too tidy it would throw off his Qi.

On the opposite side of the spectrum are those who prefer a naked room with bare white walls and no furnishings except for a typewriter on a table. To each her own.

What’s in your space? Do you remember making conscious decisions about color and chaos? Is there something you could add (or remove) that would un-encumber your process? With us all spending more time at home, it’s a good opportunity to reassess and consider some creativity-inspiring Feng shui or Marie Condo.

But let’s not forget: Though a compatible work environment is important, it can only enhance what already lies within us. A true creative spirit is mobile — we take it with us wherever we go, be it our car, a plane, a hike, the supermarket, the shower, church.

As a songwriter who’s collaborated extensively and hopped from studio to studio over the years, I’ve enjoyed and have been inspired by all kinds of aesthetics. Each reveals something unique about my collaborator. In addition, unfamiliar focal points and objects of interest stimulate my brain and allow my mind to wander (and wonder). And that’s a good thing!

But when I come home, I want to return to the welcoming arms of my sanctuary. My personal Zen. No matter how small or symmetric, I’m grateful for a private universe that I depend on to receive me, comfort and nurture me and beckon my best work. A place where, as Brian Wilson famously wrote, “I can go and tell my secrets to.” A place where I feel safe. A place that allows me to cherish and appreciate the words Go To Your Room!

Woman with dark hair smiling at camera sitting behind a wooden desk with wall of shelving behind her full of books, pictures and albums. There is an acoustic guitar on a stand on her left.
Photos courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

Twin Lead Guitars

The blessing and curse for guitar players is that we have so many techniques and improvisational tools to choose from. Making a decision on what to play comes down to experience, taste and making sure we are honoring the song — and not ourselves — first.

When recording solos for my own projects, I tend to spend way too much time perfecting the nuances and second-guessing my decisions … that is, unless I have a deadline. When I work with a client or producer, I defer to them for choosing the final take, and when they’re happy, I lift the brush off the canvas and move on.

As many of you know, one of my favorite melodic devices is to create simple motifs (short melodic phrases) and develop them into a complete solo section. I often enhance those phrases with a close harmony part or two on top of the melody — the “twin lead” approach taken by so many great bands from the ’70s like the Allman Brothers, Boston and Thin Lizzy — to make the lines really stand out. This is also a great way to build a solo towards a natural crescendo.

Start with the Scale

The process of adding a harmony to a guitar solo is very much the same as adding one to a vocal line. To illustrate, let’s harmonize a C major scale, which consists of the following series of seven notes:

C    –    D    –    E    –    F    –    G    –    A    –    B    –    C

We build the first chord of this scale by stacking every other tone, as follows:

Root          Major Third     Perfect Fifth     Major Seventh
   –    D    –    E    –    F    –    G    –    A    –    B    –    C

We can play these four tones together as a Cmaj7 chord, or as separate tones played or sung by four musicians. Playing them as separate tones within the context of a melody will add texture and dynamic expression, as well as subtle pitch and phrasing variation between the four performances.

To hear how this works, take a listen to the audio clip below. I started by recording one octave of the C major scale. Then I played it again, this time going from the third note (E) up to the E an octave higher. Finally, I recorded both scales together. This produces close harmonies a third above the original scale tones, with a nice mixture of major and minor thirds within the seven tones.

You can continue building the harmony by adding a fifth above the original melody (this will be a third above the third). Simply play back your recording of the original C major scale along with the harmony part you just added. Then play the C major scale again directly over the other two melodies, this time starting on the fifth (G) up to the fifth an octave higher. As you can hear from this audio clip, the result is beautiful three-part harmony.

Now let’s discuss how to approach adding harmony to a lead guitar solo that contains non-linear scale tones — in other words, a real melody with a variety of intervals.

Move on to the Melody

To demonstrate how this works, let’s assume that the following series of C major scale tones are being used as an original melody:

A – C – D – E – F – G – E

To add a second lead guitar part above this melody, simply find the third (from the same scale) above each of the original tones, as follows:

A – C – D – E – F – G – E (original melody)
C – E – F – G – A – B – G (harmony in thirds above the melody)

You can then add another harmony part a fifth above the melody by starting it on the third above the third:

A – C – D – E – F – G – E (original melody)
C – E – F – G – A – B – G (harmony in thirds above the melody)
E – G – A – B – C – D – B (harmony in fifths above the melody)

If you analyze the stack of tones that result, you’ll find that they yield the following series of chords:

Am – C – Dm – Em – F – G – Em

Here’s what it sounds like:

I’ve restricted this to close harmonies to illustrate the concept, but you can of course further expand this into adding sixths, fourths, etc. as your harmonic knowledge and curiosity deepens. In the video below, you’ll hear me play a simple melody and then use each harmony part as its own melodic phrase. This is a great way to create new melodies!

Phrasing

When applying harmony parts, focus on precisely duplicating the phrasing from the original melody line. If you don’t use the same phrasing, your harmonies won’t sound locked-in and tight.

Since you want the harmony parts to be exact replicas of the melody from both a rhythmic and melodic standpoint, I’d advocate replicating the note durations and values too. If you bend any of the tones, try to articulate the bend in the harmony part to match the pitch and bend of the original part.

Oh, and here’s a mixing tip: If you play harmonies above the melody, the frequencies of those parts will be higher in pitch, and as a result will sound more pronounced. Consider mixing these parts slightly lower in volume to blend them into the main melody.

The Video

In this video, I play an original melody over a chord progression and then create new melodies from harmony parts, which are then stacked as twin (and, in some cases, three) lead guitar parts. I also break down the chords, describe how to find harmonies and talk about the Yamaha Mike Stern Signature guitar I’m playing:

The Guitar

The Yamaha PAC1611MS Mike Stern Signature Pacifica solid-body electric guitar.

The Yamaha PAC1611MS Mike Stern Signature Pacifica is a great-sounding single-cutaway solid-body electric with a scale length of 25-1/2″. It features a two-piece light ash body, a one-piece maple neck with 22 medium jumbo frets and a 7-1/4″ fretboard radius. (Click here for more information about these terms.) Its unique headstock features a bone nut, Gotoh tuners, Mike Stern’s signature and gorgeous abalone inlays.

Electric guitar headstock with Mike Stern’s signature and abalone inlays.

Both pickups are Seymour Duncan® humbuckers. There’s a ’59 PAF style in the neck position, which, in my opinion, creates some of the best guitar tones I’ve ever heard. The bridge pickup is a hot-rails humbucker with plenty of punch for rock and blues.

The Wrap-Up

Learning the fundamental aspects of harmony and theory from within major scale patterns will take you on a journey of discovery for both rhythm and lead guitar applications. Simple motif-based melodies can really shine when layered with one or two additional harmonies … and we can use those higher guitar parts as independent melodies within a solo too.

Photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha Mike Stern Signature Pacifica guitar.

The History of Musical Genres, Part 3: Country Music

Country music enjoys a long tradition of deft storytellers who capture the listener with well-spun narratives. Inspired by Appalachian folk and blues, the genre began to take shape in the early 1920s. As the art form matured, it would come to encompass other regional styles such as Western swing, honky tonk and rockabilly. In its early stages, instrumentation was limited to acoustic guitars, bass, banjo, fiddle and harmonica. Drums were initially omitted, but by the mid-1930s they were usually included in both recordings and live performances; by the 1950s, electric guitars became a mainstay as well.

Each genre has a core group of musicians who shape and define the best of its creative sensibilities. Let’s take a look at some of the most influential practitioners of country music.

Hank Williams

In his short 29 years, Hank Williams (1923-1953) played a seminal role in the development of the genre. In 2010, the Pulitzer Prize board honored Williams with a special citation, citing him for his “craftsmanship as a songwriter who expressed universal feelings with poignant simplicity and played a pivotal role in transforming country music into a major musical and cultural force in American life.”

Williams’ last recording session was at at Castle Studios in Nashville on Sept. 23, 1952, where he laid down the tracks for four timeless country music standards, including the classic “Your Cheatin’ Heart.” Songwriter Merle Kilgore, who was present at the historic session, recalled that “Hank would say, ‘Everybody likes to feel sorry for themselves … You write ’em, sing ’em, and they say that’s the story of their lives.’”

Johnny Cash

Johnny Cash was a striking figure, both in appearance — always in black — and in performance, wielding his bass-baritone voice to deliver the subtleties of his lyrics. A story in the New York Times following his passing in 2003 noted that Cash “forged a lean, hard-bitten country-folk music that at its most powerful seemed to erase the lines between singing, storytelling and grueling life experience.” Some of his most popular tunes include “I Walk the Line,” “Ring of Fire,” and “Folsom Prison Blues,” which was originally recorded in 1956 but gained popularity after the release of a live recording of Cash performing the song at San Quentin Prison in 1968.

Merle Haggard

Interestingly, another future standard-bearer of the genre, Merle Haggard, was present in the audience that night … as an inmate. The encounter inspired him to pursue his own musical path. When Haggard was inducted into the Country Music Hall of Fame in 1994, the organization said that he stood, “with the arguable exception of Hank Williams, as the single most influential singer-songwriter in country music history.” While country was Haggard’s main form of expression, he was also influenced by honky-tonk, blues, jazz, pop, and folk. His most popular tunes include “Workin’ Man Blues,” “I’m a Lonesome Fugitive” and “Natural High.” Drawing on the hardships of his own life, much of Haggard’s work focused on poverty and the difficulty of relationships.

Dolly Parton

Though, like most musical genres, country music has been traditionally dominated by male artists and songwriters, there have been a number of notable exceptions, Dolly Parton among them. The hugely successful and prolific singer/songwriter began her career in the late 1960s in Knoxville, Tennessee. In the ensuing decades, Parton’s creative output would have a profound effect on both country and pop music. Her song “I Will Always Love You,” as one example, was famously sung by Whitney Houston in 1992 for the soundtrack to the movie The Bodyguard. Parton’s classic hit “Jolene,” recorded in 1973, offers a dramatic faceoff between a spouse confronting a woman over a relationship with her husband. The song has been covered by more than 30 artists over the years, and in several languages around the world.

Garth Brooks

There are also moments when pivotal artists (such as Miles Davis in jazz or Jimi Hendrix in rock) expand the possibilities of their genre. In the 1990s, Garth Brooks pioneered a style called New Country that infused both the sound and performance values of country music with rock sensibilities. “[Brooks’] recordings featured more aggressive vocal performances, increased emphasis on drums and bass, plenty of rock-derived electric guitar solos, and more overt influences from gospel and R&B,” writes Jocelyn R. Neal in the Norton online essay Garth Brooks, New Country, and Rock’s Influence. This occurred at the same time that music videos started to become more sophisticated with globally oriented storylines and more choreography. This shift continued into the 2000s, drawing numerous rock musicians of the era to make country recordings. “In some instances,” notes Neal, “[they] even shifted their main musical identities to country.”

Country music has evolved to serve as a kind of musical unifier. Despite being nearly a hundred years old, it’s managed to remain dynamic and relevant, expanding its following by drawing fans of rockers and rappers to the fold while still retaining its traditional audience — a feat that few musical genres can claim!

 

Check out the other articles in our “History of Musical Genres” series.

Step Up to a Better Wind Instrument

Navigating the world of middle school, junior high or high school band can be tough for parents of young musicians — especially those of you who weren’t yourself an instrumentalist back in your glory days.

Instruments, reeds, strings, mallets, valve oil — there are many important things that school-aged band and orchestra members need in order to be successful. It goes without saying that having a quality, durable, well-made instrument is the foundation of a student’s success. So let’s take a look at five reasons why they may need to step up!

1. You’re still renting their first instrument

At first, renting is a great way to put off a purchase while you get a feel for whether or not your child is going to stick with it. But once you know he or she likes playing that not-quite-so-beautiful sounding saxophone (squeak! honk!), it will be a better long-term investment to own a quality intermediate level instrument that will hold its value.

2. They’re a couple years in and they still have their first instrument

If your child is dedicated and already has a year or two of experience, they are likely playing harder music or even competing with other students for chair placement. Like clothing, it is absolutely true that you can outgrow an entry-level instrument. Now that the squeaks and honks are rarer, a better instrument will greatly improve the quality of sound that can be produced and help your child learn faster!

3. That rockin’ horn from your glory days is now their main “axe”

Many parents who were in band when they were students still have — and treasure — their instrument. Sometimes an older instrument in good condition can make for a great starter horn and save some money on a rental. But it might be a good idea to retire that old classic back to a safe spot in the hallway closet for a few reasons, such as if it doesn’t have modern mechanics or if the pads aren’t in good condition — or if you just can’t bear the thought of them banging it on one more music stand!

4. There’s an audition coming up

A fun and unique challenge for your child can be competing for a spot in the district honor band. Or maybe they’re graduating soon and considering majoring in music in college (in which case, be sure to check out the Graduate to Yamaha rebate program). Continuing to improve at this age includes plenty of time in the practice room, but that’s just half of the equation. The other half is the instrument itself, and getting them a professional-level one to play will help them maximize their talent.

5. They need an instrument that offers all the bells and whistles

There are many instrument families where the more advanced models not only offer your student greater room to improve, but also additional features. For example, step-up model oboes have many optional keys that are important when playing advanced repertoire. Flutists will want a C# trill key and a B foot. Higher-end saxophones offer lacquer keys and a high F# key. Orchestral trombones will have an F-attachment and a larger bore size. French horn players will graduate from a single to a double horn.

In short, a better instrument can inspire your child to better develop their musical skills — and have more fun as they do so!

 

For more information about Yamaha wind instruments, click here.

Better Monitoring for Better Mixes, Part 2

Part 1 of this two-part series focused on choosing and positioning studio monitors for optimal results. Here in Part 2, we’ll offer some tips and techniques to help you monitor more effectively, even in a room with questionable acoustics.

Keep the Volume Down

It’s essential to keep your monitoring volume relatively low most of the time when mixing. You want to listen at a level that lets you hear everything comfortably, but isn’t consistently loud. This also reduces the reflections created within your listening room that can color what you hear.

If you’re not sure what the optimum level would be, you can purchase an SPL (Sound Pressure Level) meter or get a free (or very inexpensive) SPL app for your smartphone that will get you in the ballpark. You want to keep your settings below approximately 85dB (A-weighted) most of the time. That said, you should check your mix at louder volumes for short periods, especially if you think that’s how most people will listen to it.

Another problem with listening loud for too long is that it’s less efficient because it will more quickly bring on ear fatigue (sometimes referred to as “losing your ears”), and you’ll temporarily be less able to make accurate judgements. Not only that, listening at levels over 85dB SPL on a regular basis can damage your hearing over time.

Take Breaks

It’s also critical to take regular breaks during your mixing sessions to avoid ear fatigue and to regain the perspective that you can lose when concentrating on a single task for a long duration. Take a 10-minute break roughly every hour.

Get out of your studio if you can. Go for a walk or do something else to get your mind off the mix. If you feel like your ears still aren’t back to normal after the break, put off the rest of the session until the next day, if your schedule allows.

When you get back to the mix the following day, you’ll be surprised how much more you notice with fresh ears!

Save Incrementally

While this next tip isn’t strictly about monitoring, it’s directly related and very important. When a mix session runs too long, you not only get ear fatigue, but you lose perspective. When that happens, it’s all too easy to steer your mix off course inadvertently.

Because of those inevitable detours and the difficulty of knowing when you’ve passed the point of diminishing returns, it’s crucial to save your Project files incrementally. This refers to the practice of using “Save As…” instead of “Save,” then putting a successively higher version number in the file name every time you make a significant change to the mix (or even to just a single track within the mix). The idea is that if you do go off course and wreck your mix, you can backtrack to a point before the damage happened and start again by reopening that Project file.

Screenshot of project file showing "save as" option.
Incremental saving of Project files is critical.

Besides the song title and the incremented numbers, you might want to add a descriptive word in the file name like “Bass up 2dB” or “New reverb on vocal” for a little extra context if you have to backtrack.

Take Notes

When you do reopen a mix after recovering your objectivity, jot down notes about everything you hear that you want to correct as the song is playing. (In my experience, this is more efficient when done the old-fashioned way, with pen and paper; typing in comments on a computer or smart device tends to be much more time-consuming and distracting.) If there are more than a few things that need adjusting, it will be hard to remember them after the fact.

With that list in hand, you’ll be able to go through the mix methodically and correct all the spots where you noticed problems or issues — something that should get you a lot closer to the finish line.

Listen Everywhere

When you feel like you’ve finished your mix, bounce it down to a stereo MP3 and listen to it everywhere you can to see how it holds up. Listen on your home stereo system if you have one. Listen on earbuds. Listen on headphones. Listen at your friend’s house. If you have a car, listen on its sound system via your smartphone. (Like many people, I find my car to be the most revealing place to check a mix.) A well-balanced mix should sound good anywhere, so the more systems you check it on, the better.

Smart phone connected to car audio system.
Check your mix on every system you can.

If, after checking your mix on different systems, you notice that, though it sounded great in your studio, it sounds weird or out of balance everywhere else, the acoustics are likely contributing significantly to your problem — something we discussed in detail in Part 1. These acoustic anomalies are distorting your perception of frequency and thus causing you to over- or under-compensate. It’s often in the low frequencies where this is most problematic.

For example, if the bass sounds too quiet in your mixes when you listen outside of your studio, then your room is probably accentuating low frequencies too much. Because you’re hearing your mix with what sounds like sufficient bass, you’re not turning the bass or kick drum (or both) up enough.

If you’ve already positioned your monitors in the most advantageous spot you can (see Part 1), try the room compensation EQ on your monitors, if they offer such a feature. For example, Yamaha HS Series monitors provide a rear-panel switch to cut the lower midrange (at 500 Hz) by either 2dB or 4dB and another switch that cuts or boosts by 2dB in the treble range (at 2 kHz).

Room compensation EQ on Yamaha HS Series monitors.
Room compensation EQ on Yamaha HS Series monitors.

A/B Your Mix

Even if your acoustics are problematic, a technique called A/B referencing can help you make your mixes more balanced and accurate.

It works like this: When you’re pretty far along in your mix, compare it with a professionally mixed song you like, preferably in a similar style. If you can match, say, the bass levels and the vocal-to-instrument blend of your mix with that of the reference, you should be able to get an accurate balance of levels and frequency.

As you switch between the two, it’s crucial that you make all comparisons at the same volume level. Otherwise, your frequency perception will be inconsistent between your song (the “A”) and the reference (the “B”). That’s because our ears perceive frequency differently depending on the volume, and louder always sounds better because it accentuates the lows and highs more.

You can buy dedicated plug-ins for A/B referencing, but it’s not hard to do it yourself inside your DAW. The following method works in Steinberg Cubase and most other DAWs:

1. Import a reference file into your Project and mute its track.

2. Play your multitrack mix (A), and then press the solo button on the reference track (B). You should now hear B by itself.

3. To switch back to A, turn solo off (in some DAWs, you might have to press mute again).

4. Make sure that the volume is equal between A and B.

5. Use this technique to repeatedly switch back and forth between your mix and the reference as you compare the characteristics of the vocal level relative to the instruments, as well as the bass level, the drum level, the overall EQ, etc.

Screenshot of A/B referencing in Cubase.
A/B referencing in Cubase.

We’d all love to be able to mix in an acoustically treated, purpose-built studio. But for those of us who record at home, that’s rarely the reality. Yes, you have to work harder to mix in an imperfect space, but if you’re conscious of the issues you face, they are easily overcome.

Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha HS Series studio monitors.

Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

Q&A with Sportscaster Al Bernstein

Al Bernstein is best known as the voice of boxing — on ESPN, NBC and now Showtime. In 2012, he was inducted into the International Boxing Hall of Fame.

I met Bernstein about 10 years ago while dining at a local restaurant that features entertainment. The lead performer announced that Bernstein was in the dining room, and I expected him to stand and give an obligatory celebrity wave — but no! Bernstein stepped up to the stage and sang “My Funny Valentine.” Imagine my surprise when I heard this “sports guy’s” beautiful, smooth, warm, passionate voice. He crooned standard after standard from the Great American Songbook. I was blown away. As soon he sat down, I walked over and introduced myself, and we’ve been friends ever since!

Q: What’s something about you that most people don’t know?

A: Most people are surprised to learn that I would have pursued a music career if journalism and sportscasting had not worked out for me. I really have to thank boxers Marvin Hagler and Sugar Ray Leonard for my side career as a singer. In 1987, during the week of what became a highly controversial bout between them, Caesars Palace asked me to do a three-night engagement. I’ve been performing ever since. My love of music has always been strong, which is why I have devoted part of my professional life to singing.

Q: Why is it important to protect access to a musical education?

A: Every student benefits from musical education. One of my favorite movies is “Mr. Holland’s Opus.” The final scene when his former band students — including the governor — come back to play his opus sends tingles up my spine every time I watch the movie. No young person should be deprived of experiences in music making.

Al Bernstein

Q: What book is on your nightstand?

A: I am currently reading “Becoming” by Michelle Obama. It is inspiring.

Q: What is your favorite food?

A: Deep-dish pizza from Lou Malnati’s — the best Chicago pizzeria.

Q: What is your biggest pet peeve?

A: My pet peeve is people who use bad grammar. It drives me crazy.

Q: Other than music, what brings you inspiration?

A: I get inspiration from horseback riding. I have been a horseman since I was 29 years old and have participated in team-penning events and celebrity rodeos. And I have enjoyed countless trail rides. It feeds my soul the same way music does.

Q: What piece of music do you wish you had written and why?

A: The entire score of “Finian’s Rainbow.” It’s my favorite Broadway musical score. Every song is perfect for the moment in the play, and yet every song stands on its own as a great song to play or sing.

Q: Why is music important to humanity?

A: Music is the universal language of the world. It allows us all to communicate on an emotional and intellectual level. It’s hard to imagine this world without music.

Q: Which person from history, dead or alive, would you want to have lunch with and what would you discuss?

A: This is a hard a question to answer! There are so many candidates. The top candidates would be Sidney Poitier, John Huston, Steve Allen, Orson Welles, Franklin Roosevelt, Mel Brooks and finally my actual choice — Theodore Roosevelt. I believe he was our best president, and he was a fascinating man. I would love to talk with him.

Q: What is the most embarrassing moment of your life that you can share?

A: I won’t share the precise details, but I got very angry about something in a public place concerning a service being done for my teenage son. I overreacted and embarrassed him, which made me ashamed of my actions. I was very disappointed in myself. I learned a lot from that experience.

 

SupportED 2020v5n3 cover with Mimi StillmanThis article originally appeared in the 2020N3 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here

Students Become Teachers as They Level Up

Strike, an extracurricular percussion ensemble at Caledonia (Michigan) Community Schools, has been in operation for 23 years. Don Raaymakers, music teacher at Kraft Meadows Middle School who started Strike, developed a six-level program where students gain skills in performing and teaching. That way, older students get teaching experience, and Strike’s education stays in the family.

Newcomers enter at level one.

To advance to level two, they must record performances of six pieces. Level two students get to perform one piece of more difficult music in the first half of the June Strike concert and become eligible to travel on Strike performance trips.

At level three, Strikers access all of the June concert music.

At level four, students become eligible to teach Strike lessons. All lower-level Strike members must take lessons with upper-level performers. “I don’t do any of the lessons anymore; I do the supervising,” Raaymakers says.

Teaching these lessons becomes a part-time job. According to Raaymakers, level four students make $16 an hour, which increases if they hit level five and level six. Strike members pay a yearly fee to cover lessons and operating costs, but they can offset this fee by selling tickets to concerts.

Also at level four, students take a six-week class where Raaymakers teaches them music pedagogy and applied behavior analysis.

Level five comes with a pay raise, and level six performers get their names on an honorary Strike plaque.

“Strike has levels that students can achieve, like a testing program,” Raaymakers says.

 

SupportED 2020v5n3 cover with Mimi StillmanThis article originally appeared in the 2020N3 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here

Best Practices for Online Rehearsals

And there it was … the email that said we were limited to online-only rehearsals for summer band camp. With COVID-19 numbers rising locally and our governor restricting mass gatherings, putting hundreds of band members in a room together would not be possible.

The news did not deter me. I am a tech nerd. I could figure this out. I scoured the internet for the most efficient and engaging ways to rehearse remotely. I found many helpful hints, but nothing prepared me for that first rehearsal. It was so quiet. A student was eating Taco Bell. Everyone was texting on their phones.

I needed to reevaluate how this rehearsal would run. My students were in their most comfortable spaces … their bedrooms or other places in their homes. How was I going to get them in the same mindset that they would be in the band room?

I had to figure out more than just software settings. Here are some ways that I overcame the pitfalls of remote rehearsing.

Learn the Software

Virtual meeting tools like Zoom, Microsoft Teams, Webex and Google Meet allow teachers to connect with their students in real time even while socially distanced. When deciding on software, consider participant and meeting length restrictions. I recommend a Zoom account, currently free for teacher use with up to 100 participants and no time limits.

Most web conferencing platforms offer chat, screen sharing, recording and mute/unmute features. Become familiar with the options and create a tutorial document or video for your students. Include a meeting password to preserve privacy.

Maintain and Adapt Instructions

When you meet with your ensemble online, routines must be set up like they would be in your classroom. Students should choose well-lit and distraction-free spaces, away from younger siblings and pets.

Because they are at home, students might feel more casual about their posture and embouchure. Students should set up their cameras at a distance, so you can see their techniques.

Remind students to follow normal rehearsal protocol, including no cell phone use, eating or leaving without permission. Within a week of reinforcing these guidelines, I started to see progress.

When using any video messaging application, a slight delay occurs as the video and sound travel over the internet, making unified playing nearly impossible. Consequently, you must mute all students and teach more visually. Use the software’s spotlight feature, which allows you to see one student in full screen mode, so you get an eye on posture, embouchure, fingerings and bowing or percussion sticking techniques.

Hold Sectionals in Breakout Rooms

Some programs offer breakout rooms, so you can split up your ensemble manually into sections or peer mentor groups as well as randomly for icebreakers and team-building exercises. While other online platforms may not have the same feature, you can create multiple section-specific meetings that occur at the same time.

I ask my section leaders, first chair players or more experienced students to lead sectionals. Before the rehearsals, I meet with the leaders to brainstorm lesson plans that cover specific passages and techniques. They need a clear vision for rehearsals, so that they feel empowered, prepared and organized.

As the meeting moderator, you can move from room to room, listening to passages and giving bursts of feedback. When jumping between rooms, ask the student leaders how they are progressing through their planned lessons and offer quick tips to keep their rehearsals moving.

When your leaders run their groups, they may become frustrated. Follow up with them after rehearsals to reflect on difficulties. You will feel more appreciation from your student leaders since they have put themselves in your shoes.

Make Use of Chat Features

With the chat feature, you can give feedback to the students privately or publicly, and the students can ask questions while you are lecturing or demonstrating. I recommend eliminating student-to-student chat in the settings to avoid distraction.

Try this: Tell your students to play a passage, one person at a time. Type the corrections into a private chat, so the student can review areas of improvement while you listen to the next person.

Though online classrooms may never replace the electric feeling we get while performing in a live ensemble, we can provide our students with lightbulb moments and feelings of success.

 

SupportED 2020v5n3 cover with Mimi StillmanThis article originally appeared in the 2020N3 issue of Yamaha SupportED. To see more back issues, find out about Yamaha resources for music educators, or sign up to be notified when the next issue is available, click here